Vectra Manual

290
VAUXHALL Vectra Owner’s Manual

Transcript of Vectra Manual

Page 1: Vectra Manual

VAUXHALL Vectra

Owner’s Manual

Page 2: Vectra Manual

0

Data specific to your vehiclePlease enter your vehicle’s data here to keep it ea sily accessible.This information is available under the section "Technical da ta " as well as on the identification plate.

Fuel

Designation

Engine oil

Grad e

Viscosity

Tyre inflation pressure

Tyre size with up to 3 persons with full load

Sum mer tyres Front R ear Front R ea r

Winter tyres Front R ear Front R ea r

Weights

Permissible gross vehicle weig ht

– EC kerb weight

= Loading

Level control

Bump er H eig ht see page 179

Page 3: Vectra Manual

1

Your VectraDeveloped to the la test findings of vehic le research, it offers technical sophistication and exceptiona l comfort.

Your vehicle represents an ideal synthesis of ad vanced technolog y, outsta nding safety, environm ental compatibility and economy in opera tion.

It now lies with you to drive your vehicle safely and to see it performs perfectly.

This Owner's Manual provides you with all the necessary information to tha t end.

The Owner's Manual should a lways be kept in the vehicle: ready to hand in the g love com partment.

Make use of the Owner's Manual: z Its “In brief” section will give you an initial overview. z Its index will help you find what you want. z It will familiarize you with the sophisticated technology. z It will increase your pleasure in your vehicle. z It will help you to handle your vehicle expertly.

The Owner's Manual is designed to be clearly laid-out and easily understood.

This symb ol:6 signifies: continue reading on next page.

3 The asterisk sig nifies equipment op tions not in all vehicles (model variants, engine options, models specific to one country, op tional equipment, Genuine Vauxhall Parts and Accessories).

Yellow arrows in the illustrations serve as points of reference or ind icate some action to be performed.

Black arrow s in the illustrations indicate a reaction or a second ac tion to be perform ed.

We w ish you m any hours of pleasurable drivingYour Va uxhall team

Text highlighted in yellow in p artic ular indica tes possible risk of accident and injury. Disregard of these notes can lead to injuries which may b e fatal. Vehicle passengers must b e informed accordingly.

Page 4: Vectra Manual

2

Page 5: Vectra Manual

Contents

3

Comm itment to custom er satisfaction:Our aim: to keep you happy with your vehicle. All Vauxhall Authorised Repairers offer first class service at competitive prices. Experienced, factory-trained technicians w ork according to factory instructions.Your Authorised Repairer can supply you with GENUINE VAU XHALL-APPROVED PARTS, which have und ergone stringent quality and precision chec ks, and of course useful and a ttrac tive VAUXHALL-APPROVED ACCESSORIES.Our nam e i s your guara ntee!

For d eta ils of theVa uxhall Authorised Rep airer Netw orkplease r ing this number; 01582 - 427200

In b rief .. ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... . 4Instrum ents ... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 33Keys, doors, b onnet .. ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 54Seats, Interior ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 69Safety system s .. .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 94Lighting ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 116Windows, sun roof . .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 120Clim ate c ontrol .. .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 126Automatic transm ission . .... ..... .... ..... .... 144CVTronic ... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 150Driving hints .. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 158Save fuel, protec t the env ironment .... 160Fuel consum ption, fuel, refuelling ... .... 162Catalytic converter, exhaust gases .... 164Drive control system s ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 168Brakes ... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 180Wheels, tyres . ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 184Roof racks,

caravan and tra iler towing . .... ..... .... 188Self-help .... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 199If you ha ve a problem .... .... ..... .... ..... .... 232Maintenance, Inspec tion system .... .... 234Vehicle care .. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 245Technical data .. .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 250Index . .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 282

Page 6: Vectra Manual

4

In brief

Key num bers, Code numbersRemove key number from keys.

The key number is specified in the vehic le docum ents and in the Car Pass 3.

Alloy wheels 3, towing equipment 3: m ake a note of the key identifier cod es.

Elec tronic imm obiliser, Radio 3 : the cod e numb ers are specified in the Car Pass and Radio Pass 3 respec tively.

Do not keep the Car Pass and Ra dio Pass in the vehicle.

6 Further information – see p ages 54, 55,vehicle recomm issioning – see page 244.

Unlock vehicle : Press button q or turn key in driver’s side door lock, pull door handleOnce = Driver’s door is unlocked.Twice = Entire vehicle is unlocked.

The luggagecompartment isautom atically reloc kedafter 5 minutes.

6 Door locks, child sa fety lock – see page 54,electronic immobiliser – see page 55,radio frequency remote control – see page 56,central loc king system – see page 58,anti-theft locking system 3 – see p age 58,Vauxhall alarm system 3 – see page 63.

Page 7: Vectra Manual

5

Unlock luggage compartment: Press button r on rem ote control or button x in the driver orpassenger doorThe lug gage compartment is unlocked and can be opened within 5 minutes.

If the luggage compartment is not opened within 5 m inutes, it is automatically loc ked again.

The lugga ge c om partment is automatically locked 5 minutes after closing.

6 Radio frequency rem ote control – see page 56,central lock ing – see page 58,Vauxhall alarm system 3 – see page 63.

Front seat adjustment:Pull handle, slide seat, release handle, allow seat to audibly latch into pos itionNever adjust the seat while driving. It could move in a n uncontrolled manner when the ha ndle is pulled.

6 Seat position – see page 69,electrica lly adjusta ble front seats – see p age 79.

Adjust front seat backrests:Turn handwheelMove seat bac krest to suit sea ting position.

Do not lea n on seat back rest whilst adjusting it.

6 Seat position – see p age 69,electrically adjustable front seats – see page 79.

Im porta nt : Do not sit nearer than 10 inches (25c m) from the steering wheel, to permit safe airbag dep loyment.

Page 8: Vectra Manual

6

Adjusting front seat lum bar support:Adjust lever Adjust lumb ar support to suit personal req uirements.

Do not lean on sea t backrest whilst adjusting it.

6 Seat position – see pag e 69,electrically a djustable front sea ts – see page 79.

Adjusting front seat height 3:Operate lever on outboard side of seatPump direction of the leverUp: Raises seatDow n: Lowers seat

6 Seat position – see page 69,electrica lly adjusta ble front seats – see p age 79.

Adjusting front seat inclination 3: Operate front lever on outboard side of seatPump d irection of the leverUp: Inclines seatDown: Levels seat

6 Seat position – see p age 69,electrically adjustable front seats – see page 79.

Page 9: Vectra Manual

7

Electric seat adjustm ent 3 :Switch on outboard side of seatFront:– Longitudina l adjustment,– Height adjustment,– Angle adjustm ent.

Middle:– Backrest adjustment.

Rear 3:– Lumbar support.

6 Seat position – see pag e 69,electrically a djustable front sea ts – see page 79.

Adjusting head restraint height of front and rear outboard seats:Press button to release and adjust height, engage in position6 Head restraint position – see page 70,rear head restraints – see page 70.

Adjusting head restraint angle of front and rear outboard seats 3:Swivel bottom edge of head restraint forward or rearward6 Head restraint position – see pa ge 70,rear head restra ints – see p age 70.

Page 10: Vectra Manual

8

Adjusting interior m irror:Swivel mirror hous ingSwivel lever on underside of mirror housing to red uce daz zle a t nig ht.

Autom atic anti-dazzle interior mirror 3: Dazzle at night is automa tic ally red uced – see page 114.

6 Position m emory 3 – see page 80.

Adjusting exterior m irrors:Four-way switch on driver’s doorPress switch for left or right hand mirror: four-way switch operates the corresp onding m irror.

Vehicles with electric seat ad justment 3:if the mirror switch for the passenger side is depressed when reverse gear is engaged , the passenger side exterior mirror repositions itself towards the rear tyres in order to serve as mirror parking assistance (not when tow ing a caravan / trailer).

Automatic anti-da zzle exterior mirror on the driver’s side 3: dazzle at night is autom atic ally reduc ed – see page 114.

6 Further information, aspherical exterior mirror 3 – see pa ge 114,heated exterior mirrors – see page 20,electric seat adjustment 3 – see page 79.

Swing in exterior mirror:Manually: press lightly .

E lectric 3 (both mirror switches must not b e latched into position):

Push four-way switch to the right: exterior mirrors swivel in.

Push four-way switch to the left: exterior mirrors swivel out.

The mirrors can a lso be swivelled in from the outside: press button p on remote control or turn key toward rear of vehicle in driver’s door lock and hold.

Swivelling only a llowed at speeds of up to 4 mph (7 km /h).

Page 11: Vectra Manual

9

Fitting seat belt:Draw seat belt smoothly from inertia reel, guide over shoulder and engage in buckle The b elt must not be twisted at any point. The lap belt must lie snugly against the body. The backrest must not be tilted bac k too far (recomm ended tilting angle approx. 25°).

To release belt, press red button on belt buckle.

6 Seat belts – see pa ges 95 to 99,airbag systems 3 – see p age 100,seat p osition – see page 69.

Disengaging steering column lock:To re lease the lock, move the steering wheel slightly and turn the key to position IPositions:0 = Ignition offI = Steering free, ignition offII = Ignition on,

with diesel engine: pre-heatIII = Start

6 Starting – see page 23,electronic im mobiliser – see pag e 55,remove key and loc k steering w heel – see p age 24.

Steering wheel adjustment 3:Move lever down, adjust height and distance, move lever up, engageAdjust steering wheel only when vehicle is stationary and steering colum n loc k is released.

6 Airb ag systems 3 – see page 100.

Page 12: Vectra Manual

10

Page 13: Vectra Manual

11

Page1 Side air vents ... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 129

2 Front pa ssenger airbag .... .... ..... ... 100

3 Centre air vents .... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 129

4 Radio 3 or Infotainm ent system 3 . .... ..... .... . 52

5 Central information display for date, time, outside temperature,Infotainm ent system 3,radio 3 ,check control 3,trip computer 3,e lectronic air conditioning system 3 . ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... . 41

6 Turn signals, hea dlight fla sh,dipped and main beam ... .... ..... 16, 17Door-to-door lighting 3 and parking lights .. ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... . 17Cruise control 3 .... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 172

7 Remote control 3 for radio a ndInfotainm ent system ..... .... .... ..... .... ..30

8 Instruments .. .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..33

9 Horn .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..18

Pa ge10 Windscreen wiper and wa sh system,

headlight wash system 3 andrear window wash system 3 .. ..... .... 19Display op eration 3 . ..... ..... ..... ..... .... 48

11 Exterior lig hting ... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 116Instrument illumination ... ..... .... ..... 117Fog tail lig ht .... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 116Front fog lights 3 ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 116Head lig ht range adjustment 3 ..... 117

12 Stowage compartment

13 Bonnet release lever .... .... ..... .... ..... . 68

14 Ignition lockwith steering wheel lock .. ..... .... ..... ... 9

15 Ac celera tor pedal .... .... .... ..... .... .... 158

16 Brake peda l ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... 159, 180

17 Steering wheel position adjuster .. ... 9

18 Clutch ped al 3 .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 159

Page19 Heated seat (right) 3 . ..... .... ..... .... . 130

Anti-theft alarm system 3 .. ..... .... .. 63Rear window blind 3 .. ..... .... ..... .... 125Traction Control system 3 .. ..... .... 168Electronic Stability Program me 3 170

20 Ashtrays ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 90

21 Telematics 3 .. .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 52

22 Cigarette lighter 3 .. .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 89

23 Heating, ventilation,air conditioning system 3 ... ..... .... 126Electronic air conditioningsystem 3 ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 126Auxiliary heating 3 .... ..... .... ..... .... 140

24 Heated seat (left) 3 andseat climate control .... ..... .... ..... .... 130Haz ard warning lights .... .... ..... .... .. 18Parking distance sensors 3 . ..... .... 174

25 Glove compartment

26 Fusebox . ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 212

11

Page 14: Vectra Manual

12

Control indicatorsO Turn sig na l lights:

see p ages 17, 33.

I Oil p ressure:see p age 33.

R Brake system,clutch system:see p ages 34, 181.

p Alternator: see p age 34.

v Airbag systems,bel t tensioners:see p ages 96, 105.

W Coolant tem perature:see p ages 34, 40.

X Sea t belt 3:see p age 35.

T Autom atic t ransmission 3,CVTronic 3,winter program me:see pages 147, 155.

! Glow plugs 3:see page 35.

u Anti- lock Bra ke System :see page 183.

v Tract ion Control system 3,Elec tronic Stabili ty Progr amme 3 :see pages 168, 170.

> Front fog lights 3:see pages 35, 116.

r Fog tai l light: see pages 35, 116.

P Main beam:see pages 16, 35.

y Seat occup ancy recog nition 3:see page 105.

m Cruise control 3 :see page 172.

Y Fuel level: see pages 36, 40, 199.

Z Exhaust emission 3:see pages 36, 166.

B Adapt ive Forward Lig hting (AFL) 3:see pages 28, 118.

g Trailer turn signa l 3:see page 36.

Page 15: Vectra Manual

13

Display in tachometerThe following control ind ic ators will illuminate as necessa ry :

o Imm obiliser:see p ages 37, 55, 166.

p Electro-hydraulic power assisted steering :see p age 37.

q Hea dlight range adjustm ent 3:see p age 117.

r Pa rking d istance sensors 3: see p age 174.

A Engine electronics,transmission elec tronics 3:see p ages 37, 55, 166.

s Open lugga ge compa rtment:see p ages 37, 61.

v Airbag systems, bel t tensioners:see p ages 96, 105.

t Bulb replacem ent 3: see p ages 38, 218.

F Brake pad w ea r indica tor 3:see pages 38, 180.

S Engine oil level: see pages 38, 236.

H Coolant fluid level: see pages 38, 239.

v Service interval display: see page 234.

x Tyr e p ressure control system 3,loss of pressure w arning from therespective tyre: see pages 38, 176.

w Tyr e p ressure control system 3,fault :see pages 38, 176.

y Doors open 3,indicating the r espective door:see page 38.

LightingLight swi tch, stalk positions:see pages 16, 116,

7 Lights off

8 Parking lig hts

9 Dipp ed and ma in beam

> Front fog lights 3 :see page 116.

r Fog tail l ight: see page 116.

P Main beam :see page 16.

O Tur n sig nal lig hts:see page 17.

k Instrument il lumination: see page 117.

? Hea dlight range adjustment 3:see page 117.

b Courtesy light:see page 118.

c Courtesy light deact ivat ion 3:see page 118.

a Reading lights, front 3 :see page 118.

¨ Hazard w arning lig hts:see page 18.

Page 16: Vectra Manual

14

Climate controlx Air flow:

see p age 127.

Air distribution:see p age 127,

L to head area ab ove ad justableair vents and to footwell,

M to head area ab oveadjustable air vents front and rear 3,

l to wind screen,

J to wind screen andto footwell,

K to footwell.

V Demist ing and d efrosting 3:see p ages 133, 137.

Ü Hea ted rear wind ow: see p age 128.

n Air conditioning system 3:see page 128.

4 Air reci rculation system 3:see page 128.

AUTOAutom atic m ode 3: see page 135.

ß Heated seats 3:see page 130.

A Driver’ s seat with clim ate control 3:see page 130.

b Remote control of auxiliaryheating / vent ilation 3:see page 140.

Sun roof 3 d Sun roof:

closing – see page 123.

ü Sun roof:opening – see p age 123.

f Sun roof:comfort setting – see page 123.

e Sun roof:raising – see page 123.

Windscreen wiper Stalk positions:see page 19,

§ Off,

$ Timed interval wipe, or automa ticwipe w ith rain sensor 3,

% Slow,

& Fast.

Page 17: Vectra Manual

15

Date, time, information display, radioInformat ion displa y:see p age 41.

Ö On button for date and time,

; Setting buttons for d ate and tim e.

Buttons on wiper stalk 3:see p age 42.

i Trip computer,forwards menu search,

h Trip computer,backwards menu search,

§ Trip computer, select

Rem ote control 3 for radioand Infota inment system: see p age 30.

Cruise control 3 Buttons on turn signal sta lk:see p age 172.

m On, Accelerate,

g Decelerate,

§ Off.

Miscellaneousp Centra l locking system:

locking – see page 58.

q Centra l locking system: unloc king – see pag e 58.

r Boot lid / tailgate:unloc king – see pag e 61.

x Luggag e c om partment:unloc king – see pag e 61.

m Centra l locking switc h:see page 59.

Ä Anti- theft alarm system 3 :see page 63.

z Chi ld safety sw itch 3 : see page 121.

N Rear w indow b lind 3:see page 125.

r Parking dista nce sensors 3: see page 174.

) Ciga rette lighter 3 :see page 89.

j Horn: see page 18.

/ Bonnet:see page 68.

T Winter program me, automa tic tr ansm ission 3,CVTronic 3:see pages 147, 155.

j Selector lever locking, automa tic tr ansm ission 3,CVTronic 3:see pages 144, 151.

+ Fir st - aid kit 3:see page 204.

¨ Wa rning triangle 3:see page 204.

Page 18: Vectra Manual

16

Light switch: 7 = Off 8 = Parking lights 9 = Dipped or m ain beam

Press r = Fog tail light

Press > = Front fog lig hts 3

6 Other notes – see page 116,head lig ht warning device – see page 24,head lig ht ra nge adjustment 3 – see page 117,instrument illumination 3 – see page 117,daytim e d riv ing lights 3 – see page 116.

Main and dipped beam switch:Main beam = Push stalk forwardDipped beam = Push stalk forward

againYou can also switch from main beam to dipped bea m by pulling the stalk towards the steering wheel.

Headlight flash:Pull stalk towards steering wheel

Page 19: Vectra Manual

17

Operating door-to-door lighting1) 3:Key to position 0 and rem ove, open driver’s door, pull turn signal stalk towards steering wheelDipped beam and the reversing lights light up for an add itional 30 seconds after the driver’s door is c losed .

If the driver’s door is left open, the lights will go out after tw o minutes.

Door-to-door lighting can be deactivated by inserting the key in the ignition sw itch or by p ulling the turn signal stalk towards the steering wheel aga in while the driver’s door is open.

Operating turn signal lights :Right = Stalk all the way upLeft = Stalk all the way downThe turn signal stalk returns to its orig inal position after use. When the steering wheel is straightened up, the turn signal lights are autom atic ally cancelled.

Switch the turn signal off manually by tapping the stalk.

When chang ing lanes, tap stalk until resistance is felt: the resp ective turn signal will flash three times.

Hold the stalk if you want the turn sig nals to fla sh longer.

Operating parking lights :Light switch to position 0, ignition key to position 0, move turn signal stalk fully upwards or downwardsAs a check, a warning buzzer sounds and the turn signal control indica tor on the respective side illuminates.

To switch it off, switch on the ignition or move the turn signal stalk in the op posite direction.

1) "D oor-to-do or" light function.

Page 20: Vectra Manual

18

Cruise control operation:Press button on stalkSwitch on: ta p button m.

Switch off: tap button §.

Resume at stored speed: tap button g.

6 Cruise control 3 – see pa ge 172.

Hazard warning lights :On = Press ¨Off = Press ¨ againTo aid location of the pushb utton, the red surface is illuminated when the ignition is switched on. When the button is pressed, its control indicator flashes in time with the ha zard warning lights.

Sounding the horn: Press the centre of the steering w heel 6 Airb ag systems 3 – page 100,remote control for radio and Infotainment system 3 – page 30.

Page 21: Vectra Manual

19

Windscreen wiper:Gently tap stalk upward § = Off $ = Adjustable timed interval wipe % = Slow & = FastStalk always moves back to starting position. Shift to next gear up or down: just tap stalk g ently.

Push stalk pa st resistance point a nd hold: windscreen wiper stages are selected .

Adjustable interva l wipe $:Shorter intervals = Turn adjuster wheel to

rightLonger intervals = Turn ad juster wheel to

left

Press the stalk down from p osition §: Single sw ipe.

6 Further inform ation – see pages 240, 241, 246.

Automatic wiping w ith rain sensor 3 :Gently tap stalk upward § = O ff $ = Automatic wiping

w ith rain sensor % = Slow (constant) & = F ast (constant)Automatic wiping $ : The rain sensor detects the amount of water on the wind screen and automa tica lly reg ulates the windscreen wiper. The sensitivity of the system can be adjusted using the adjuster wheel:Less sensitive = To the leftMore sensitive = To the rig ht

If necessary, the positions % or & ca n b e selected manually.

To switch off, m ove stalk d ow nwa rd s.

6 Further information – see p ages 240, 241, 246.

Operating w indscreen andheadlight wash systems 3:Pull stalk towards steering wheelThe wiper w ill swipe for a few strokes. At low speeds, there is a one-time post-wash swipe.

The headlight wash system 3 is ready for operation when the lights are switched on. Wash fluid is sprayed onto the headlights (twice). Subsequently the headlight wash system is b locked for 2 minutes.

The headlight wash system is deactivated if wash fluid is low.

On vehicles fitted with rain sensor 3, keep the sensor area clean.

6 Further information – see pages 241, 242, 246.

Page 22: Vectra Manual

20

Rear window wiper 3 and wash system 3Operation:Wiper on = Push stalk forwardWiper off = Push stalk forward

againWash = Press and holdThe rear window wiper swipes in timed interval mode.

When washing , the w iper swipes for a few strokes. At low speeds, there is a one-time post-w ash swipe.

The rear window wa sh system is deactivated if wash fluid is low.

6 Further inform ation – see pages 241, 242, 246.

Heated rear window,heated ex terior mirrors:On = Press ÜOff = Press Ü againHeating operationa l only with engine running.

The rea r window and exterior mirror heating is switched off a utomatica lly after approx. 15 minutes.

6 Further information – see p age 128.

Clearing misted or icy windows: Set air distribution to l, turn rotary switches for temperature and fan clockw iseAir conditioning system 3:Push V and n buttons, turn rotary switch for temperature clockwiseOpen front air vents, direct side air vents towards the door windows. Close centre air vents 3.

6 Heating, ventilation, air conditioning 3 –see page 126,electronic air conditioning system 3 – see page 134.

Page 23: Vectra Manual

21

Setting e lectronic air conditioning system 3 to autom atic m ode:Press AUTO button, set temperature for driver and passenger sides us ing left and right knobsOpen all front a ir vents. If desired , the rear vents also 3.

6 Elec tronic air c onditioning system 3 – see page 134.

Information display:Used to display information on:– Time,– outside temperature,– radio 3 and date,– navigation 3 ,– telephone 3 ,– chec k control 3,– trip comp uter 3,– electronic air conditioning 3.

6 Information disp la y 3 – see page 41.

Manual transmissiono = Neutral position1 to 5 = 1st to 5th gear6 = 6th gear 3When shifting up from 4th to 5th gea r:push the lever towa rd s the right at the beginning of the shift operation.

Between 5th a nd 6th gear 3 : push gearshift lever to right in straight line.

When shifting from 5th to 4th gear:do not exert any force towa rd s the left.

R = Reverse gearReverse gear: w ith vehicle stationary , pull the ring up three seconds after de-clutching and engage gear.

If the gear does not enga ge, set the lever in neutral, relea se the clutch pedal and depress again; then repeat g ear selection.

Page 24: Vectra Manual

22

Autom atic transmission 3:P = Park positionR = Reverse gearN = NeutralD = Automatic gear selectionSelector lever in D to left:+ = Upshift- = DownshiftAlways start in P or N. To leave position, opera te brake pedal and press button on selector lever (selector lever lock ).

To enga ge P or R, push button on selector lever.

P: Only with vehicle stationary , first a pply handbrake

R: Only with vehicle stationary

6 Automatic transmission – see p age 144.

CVTronic 3 :P = Park pos itionR = Reverse gearN = NeutralD = Continuously variable

automatic modeSelector lever in D to left:

Continuously variableautomatic mode

+ = Upshift- = DownshiftAlw ays start in P or N. To leave position, op erate brake ped al and press button on selector lever (selector lever lock).

To engage P or R, push button on selector lever.

P: Only with vehicle stationary, first apply ha ndb rake

R: Only with vehicle stationary

6 CVTronic – see pag e 150.

Exhaust gases are poisonousExhaust g ases contain ca rbon monox ide, which is extremely poisonous but is odourless and colourless.

Therefore never inhale exhaust gases, and never run the engine in an enclosed space.

Page 25: Vectra Manual

23

Before starting off, check:z Tyre pressure and condition – see pag es

176, 184, 268.

z Engine oil level and fluid levels in engine com partment – see pages 235 to 242.

z All windows, mirrors, exterior lighting and num ber p la tes are free from dirt, snow and ice and are operational.

z No objects are in front of the rear wind ow, on the instrument panel or in the area in which the airbag s inflate.

z Seats, seat belts and mirrors are correctly ad justed.

z Bra ke op eration. Starting, petrol engines :Manual transmiss ion idling with clutch pedal depressed, operate foot brake, automatic transmiss ion or CVTronic in P or N, do not accelerate, turn key to pos ition IIIThe initially increased engine speed autom atic ally falls as the engine temperature rises.

Before repea ting the starting proc edure, turn the key ba ck to 0 in the ignition sw itch, remove it and then reinsert it. Then repeat the starting proc edure.

6 Electronic immobiliser – see page 55,further information – see pag es 158, 199.

Starting, diesel engine: Manual transmission in neutral with clutch pedal depressed, apply foot brake, automatic transmission in P or N,do not accelerate,turn key to position II; when control indicator ! goes out1), turn key to position IIIBefore rep eating the starting procedure, turn the key back to 0 in the ignition switch, remove it and then reinsert it. Then repeat the starting procedure.

6 Electronic im mobiliser – see pag e 55,further inform ation – see pages 158, 199.

1) Preh eatin g system sw itches on o nly if outside tem perature is low .

Page 26: Vectra Manual

24

Releas ing the handbrake:Raise lever s lightly, press lock button,lower lever fully

6 Bra kes - see pag e 180

Parking the vehicle:Apply handbrake firm ly, engine off,rem ove key,lock steering wheel,lock vehicleTo lock , press button p or turn key anticlockwise in the lock. To activate the anti-theft lock ing system 3 and anti-theft alarm system 3, press button p twice or turn key anti-clockw ise twice.

6 Further information – see p ages 55, 158,ra dio frequency rem ote control – see p age 56,central locking system – see page 58,Vauxhall a la rm system 3 – see pag e 63,vehicle dec om missioning – see page 244.

Advice when parking: z Alw ays apply hand brake firm ly. On

slopes apply the ha nd brake as firmly as possible.

z With m anual transmission, select first gear or reverse, for automatic tra nsmission 3 or CVTronic 3, place selector lever in P.

z Close windows and sun roof 3.

z In vehicles with autom atic transmission 3 or CVTronic 3 the key can only be removed in selector lever p osition P.

z Turn steering wheel until you feel loc k engage (anti-theft protection).

z Engine cooling fan m ay run on after the engine has been switched off.

Warning buzzersWhile driving:z If seat belt is not fa stened1),

z If a specified ma ximum speed is exceeded1),

z If the luggag e com partment is open when the vehicle starts off.

When the vehicle is parked and the driver’s door is opened:z If the key is inserted 3,

z If exterior lights a re on,

z If the turn signa l stalk is engaged.

1) Co untry-specific version.

Page 27: Vectra Manual

25

Service work, maintenanceWe recomm end tha t you entrust all w ork to a Vauxhall Authorised Repa irer, who ca n provide you with relia ble serv ice and correctly perform all work according to factory instructions.

6 If you have a problem– see pa ge 232,service interval display – see pa ge 234.

Genuine Vauxhall Parts and AccessoriesWe rec om mend "Genuine Vauxhall Parts and Accessories" and conversion parts relea sed expressly for your vehic le typ e. These parts have undergone special tests to establish their reliability, safety and specific suitability for Vauxhall vehicles. Despite continuous market monitoring, w e cannot a ssess or guarantee these attrib utes for other prod ucts, even if they ha ve b een granted a pproval by the relevant authorities or in some other form .

"Genuine Vauxhall Parts a nd Accessories" and conversion p arts app roved by Vauxhall can be ob ta ined from a Vauxhall Authorised Rep airer, of course. Here you will be given comprehensive ad vice a bout permitted technical changes and c orrect installation w ill ta ke p la ce.

That was the most important inform ation for your f irst drive in your Vectra.

The other pages of this chapter contain a sum mary of the other interesting functions in your vehicle.

The rem aining chapters of the Ow ner’s Manual contain important inform ation on operation, safety and maintenance as well as a complete index.

For your safetyCarry out regularly the checks rec om mended in the indiv idual sections of this Owner’s M anual.

Ensure that your vehicle is serviced at the service intervals spec ified in the Serv ic e Booklet. We recommend that you entrust this work to a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

Have faults remedied without d elay! Consult a workshop. We recommend a Vauxhall Authorised R epairer. If necessary , interrupt your journey.

6 Maintenance – see page 234.

Page 28: Vectra Manual

26

External w indow and sun roof 3 operation 3 Press button q or p on the remote control until the windows are open or closed, respectively .

Press button p on the remote control until the sun roof is closed.

If the rain sensor 3 detects w ater with the mechanic al anti-theft locking system 3 activated, a ll electronic w indows and the sun roof are closed. The windows and the sun roof are also automa tic ally closed after four hours.

6 Further inform ation – see pages 122, 124.

Position m emory 3 for electrically adjustable driver’s seat, exterior mirrors and ins ide rear view mirrorStoring setting s

1. Adjust seat and mirror,

2. Press m emory button M a nd the position button to be used (1, 2 or 3) simulta neously. Storage is acknowledged by an acoustic signal.

Retrieving setting sPress and hold down position buttons 1, 2 or 3, until stored p ositions have been reached .

Ad justments may only be performed with vehicle stationary.

6 Further information – see p age 69.

Heated seats 3, driver’s seat with climate control 3 Operate the a djuster wheels beneath the centre air vents and buttons on the rear of the centre console.

For the front seats, set knurled wheels to required ventilation setting 3 or heater setting as per requirements. For rear outboard seats, p ress buttons.

6 Further information – see page 130.

Page 29: Vectra Manual

27

Travel Assistant 3The Travel Assistant contains:

z armrest,z stowage compartm ents,z waste container,z drink holders,z accessory sockets,z connection console

e.g. for DVD p la yer 3,z elec tric cool box,z ta bles,z tw in aud io (rear audio module) 3 or

stowage compartm ent.

The Travel Assistant is installed on a console above the m iddle seat in the rear.

Ta blesFold arm rest upward (1).

Use recessed grip to p ull tab le upward as fa r a s it will go (1), sw ivel table forw ard (2) and fold downward (3).

Set req uired clea ra nce by adjusting longitud inal p osition of tab le (4).

6 Further information – see page 72.

Page 30: Vectra Manual

28

FlexOrganizer 3The side walls house a ttac hm ent rails that can be used a s necessary for different systems to divide the lugg age compartment or secure load s.

The system consists of:z variable partition netz variable partition w allz partition rodz mesh pockets for the side wallsz hooks

6 Further inform ation – see page 86.

Adaptive F orward Lighting (AF L) 3 On vehicles with Bi-Xenon headlights, improves illumination of

z curves (curve lighting ),z intersections and tight turns (turn

lighting).

Cur ve lightingThe Xenon light b eam pivots based on steering wheel position and speed (from app rox . 6 mph / 10 km/h).

The headlights shine at an angle of up to 15° to the right or left of the direction of travel.

Turn lig htingAn additiona l light is switc hed on based on steering wheel position (when turned past app rox . 90°), turn signal use and speed (up to app rox . 25 mph / 40 km/h).

The lig ht shines at an a ngle from app rox . 90° to the left or right of the vehicle up to a distance of a pprox. 30 metres.

6 Further information – see page 118.

Page 31: Vectra Manual

29

Operating the graphical inform ation display 3 or the colour information display 3 Using buttons on wiper stalkRear button:§ Activate / confirm / select

Front buttons:h Move up in the menu i Move down in the menu

Using multi func tion buttonPush Confirm / selectRota te Move in menu

6 Further information – see p age 42.

Trip computer 3 The trip computer shows vehicle data which it continua lly records and evaluates electronically.

Functions:z Range,z Effective consum ption,z Average consum ption,z Instantaneous consumption,z Average speed,z Distance,z Settings.

6 Further information – see page 48.

Page 32: Vectra Manual

30

Check control 3 Check control monitors several fluid levels, the tyre pressure 3 , the radio frequency remote control battery, the anti-theft alarm system 3 and imp ortant external lights, including the cables and fuses. In trailer mode the trailer lig hting is a lso monitored.

6 Further inform ation – see page 46.

Remote control for radio and Infotainment system 3 Radio 3, radio telephone 3 and Infotainment system 3 functions ca n be op erated with the b uttons on the steering wheel.

For further inform ation, see the respective op erating instructions.

Twin Audio 3Twin Audio provides rear seat oc cup ants the op portunity to listen to a different audio sourc e than the one selec ted b y the driver.

Two headp hone connec tions a re available with sepa ra te volume control.

For further information, see the respective radio operating instructions.

Page 33: Vectra Manual

31

Active head restraints 3 In the event of a rear-end impa ct, the active head restraints automatically tilt forwards. The head is more effectively sup ported by the head restraint and the danger of hyp erextension in the neck area is reduced.

Active head restraints are id entified by the lettering ACTIVE on the head restraint guide bushes.

Vauxhall Full-Size airbag systemThe Vauxhall Full-Size airbag system comprises severa l ind ividual systems.

Front a irbag systemThe front airbag system will b e triggered in the event of a serious accident involv ing a frontal impa ct and forms sa fety cushions for the driver and front passenger. The forward movement of the driver a nd front passenger is checked a nd the risk of injuries to the up per body and head thereby substantially reduced.

Side airba g system 3 The side airbag system triggers when a side-on collision occurs and provides a safety barrier for the driver a nd/or passenger in the respective front door area. This reduces the risk of injury to the upper body considera bly in case of a side impa ct.

Cur tain ai rbag system 3 The curtain a irba g system triggers in case of a side-on collision and provid es a safety barrier in the hea d area on the respective side of the vehic le. This reduces the risk of injury to the hea d considerab ly in case of a side-on collision.

6 Further information – see page 100.

Page 34: Vectra Manual

32

Parking distance sensors 3 The p arking dista nce sensors front and rea r systems are automatically sw itc hed on when d riv ing in reverse gear.

The p arking dista nce sensors ca n also be switched on and off m anually using the r button on the instrument panel.

If the vehicle approaches a n ob stacle to the front or rea r, a series of signals is sounded in the vehicle interior. The interval between the signals becomes shorter a s the d istance is reduced. If the dista nce is less than 30 cm , the signal will b e continuous.

6 Further inform ation – see page 174.

ECOService-FlexThe oil change and service intervals are flexible, based on a number of different parameters and the conditions under whic h the vehic le is used. Various engine-specific data is continuously recorded and used to calculate the rem aining distance up to the next inspection date.

The rem aining driving dista nce can b e seen in the tachom eter disp la y when the ignition is off: press the reset b utton und er the trip odometer; v and the remaining driving dista nce will then be displayed.

With the specially developed engine oil for vehicles with ECOService-Flex, the next eng ine oil change is due after a maxim um of 2 years or 25,000 m iles / 35,000 km (petrol engine) or after a maximum of 2 years or 30,000 miles / 50,000 km (diesel engine)

When topping up the oil, alwa ys use grade GM-LL-A-025 or GM-LL-B-025 in order to ma intain the flexible maintenance interva ls.

6 Further information – see pages 234, 251.

Page 35: Vectra Manual

33

Instruments

Control indicatorsThe c ontrol indicators described here are not present in a ll vehicles. The descrip tions however, a pply to all instrum ent versions.

Some control ind icators are shown a s pictograms within the tachometer d ia l area.

O Turn signal l ightsThe c orresponding control indicator flashes when the turn signal is on. If the hazard warning lig hts are activated, both control indica tors flash. Rapid flashes: a turn signal b ulb or its associated fuse has failed. Changing bulbs – see p age 218, fuses – see page 212.

I Oil p ressureControl indica tor lights up when ignition is switched on. Goes out shortly after eng ine starts. Can light up intermittently when idling with hot engine; must g o out w hen engine speed is increased.

Lights up when the engine is running :Engine lub ric ation may be interrupted . This may result in dam age to the engine and/or lock ing of the drive wheels:

1. Depress clutch.

2. Shift transm ission to idling , with automatic transmission 3 or CVTronic 3 move selector lever to N.

3. Steer as quickly as possible out of the stream of traffic, without imped ing other vehicles.

4. Switch the ig nition off (Position I).

Check oil level before consulting a workshop. We recommend a Vauxhall Authorised Repa irer.

When the ignition is off, c onsiderab ly more force is needed to brake and steer.

Do not remove key until vehicle has come to a stand still, otherwise the steering column lock c ould engage unexpectedly .

Page 36: Vectra Manual

34

R Brake system , clutc h systemThe control indicator lights up when ignition is switched on if handbrake is applied or if brake / clutch fluid level is too low. Further information – see pages 181, 240.

p AlternatorControl indica tor lights up when ignition is switched on. Goes out shortly after eng ine starts.

Lights up when the engine is running :Stop, switch engine off. Battery is not cha rg ed. Engine cooling m ay not be op erating. With a diesel eng ine, the brake servo unit may stop operating . Consult a workshop. We recommend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

If it lights up when the handbrake is not applied: stop the vehicle; interrupt your journey immediately . Consult a workshop. We recom mend a Vauxha ll Authorised Repairer.

v Airb ag system s 3 , belt tensioners 3see pages 96, 105.

W Coolant temp era tureLights up when the engine is running:Stop vehicle and switch off engine. Coolant temperature is too high: switch off engine. Danger to engine. Coolant fluid temperature disp lay – see page 40. Check the coolant level immediately – see page 238.

Page 37: Vectra Manual

35

X Seat b el t 3The c ontrol indicator lights up when the ignition is switched on and rem ains lit until the seat belt is fastened. An a coustic signal is also emitted when the car starts to move. Fastening seat belt – see page 98.

T Winter progr amme w ith autom atic tra nsm ission 3 or CVTronic 3Control indicator lights up when winter programme selected.

Further information – see pa ges 147, 155.

! Preheating 3 for diesel eng inesControl indica tor lights up during prehea ting.

Preheating system switches on only if outside temperature is low.

u Anti-lock Brake S ystem 3 see p age 182.

v Tr action Control system 3,Electronic Stab ility Program me 3see p ages 168, 170.

> Front fog lights 3Control indica tor lights up when front fog lig hts are switc hed on.

r Fog tai l lights Control indicator lights up when fog tail light is switc hed on.

P Ma in beamControl indicator lights up when ma in beam is on and w hen headlight flash is operated.

y Seat occupancy recognition 3 see page 105.

m Cruise control 3 see page 172.

Page 38: Vectra Manual

36

Y Fuel level Lit: low fuel level. Fuel gauge in reserve area.

If it flashes: fuel used up, fill up immediately.

Never let the tank run dry!

Petrol eng ines: erratic fuel supply can cause ca talytic converter to overheat – see page 164.

Diesel engines: if the tank is run d ry , bleed the fuel system as described on pag e 199.

Z Exhaust gases 3 Control indica tor lights up when ignition is switched on. Goes out shortly after eng ine starts.

Lights up when the engine is running :Fault in emission control system . The permitted em ission limits m ay b e exc eeded. Consult a workshop. We recommend a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

If it flashes when the engine is running:For fa ult that ca n lea d to destruction of the catalytic converter – see page 166. Consult a workshop immediately. We recommend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

BAd aptive Forwa rd Lighting (AFL) 3 Fault in system. Consult a workshop. We recommend a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

AFL – see page 118.

g Trai ler turn signal light 3 Control indicator flashes in tim e w ith turn signal lights when towing. Does not fla sh if a turn signal light on the towing vehicle or trailer fa ils.

Page 39: Vectra Manual

37

Display in tachometero Im mobil iser Fault in electronic immobiliser, engine w ill not start – see page 55. Consult a workshop. We recommend tha t you consult a Va uxhall Authorised Repairer.

p Electro-hydraulic power a ssisted steeringFault in electro-hydraulic steering system . Power steering may not work. Vehicle c an still be steered, but considera bly more force is required . We recommend you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

? Fault in autom atic head light ra nge adjustm ent system 3 Contact a workshop immediately . We recommend that you consult your Vauxhall Authorised Repairer – see page 117.

r Pa rking distance sensors 3 see p age 174.

A Engine elect ronics, tra nsm ission electr onicsFault in engine electronics or transm ission electronics. Electronics switch to emergency running programme. Fuel consum ption may increase and driveability of the vehicle may be impaired – see pag e 166. Fault in imm obiliser system – see pag e 55. Contact a workshop. We recommend your Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

s Bootlid open Indicates the luggage compa rtm ent is open. Close the luggage compartment – see page 61.

Page 40: Vectra Manual

38

vAirb ag systems, belt tensionerssee pages 96, 105.

t Bulb replacement 3 A bulb has failed . Check the lights, and exchange the failed bulb . Bulb exchange – see page 218.

F Brake lining wear indicator 3Front disk b ra ke pad worn to minimum thickness. Contact a workshop to have the b ra ke pads changed. We recommend that you contact a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer – see page 180.

S Engine oil levelEngine oil level too low . Check engine oil level at the first opportunity . Engine oil level – see pa ge 236.

H Coolant levelCoolant level too low, check the coolant level immediately – see pa ge 239.

v Service intervalsee p age 234.

x Tyre pressure contr ol system 3,loss of p ressure warning Check the pressure of the respec tive ty re immed iately – see page 176.

w Tyre p ressure control system 3,faultsee page 176.

y Open doorsIndicates tha t one or more doors is open. C lose all doors.

P, R, N, D, 1 to 5 Automat ic transm ission 3,Selec tor lever position or mode selected - see page 146.

P, R, N, D, A, 1 to 6 CVTronic 3,Selec tor lever position or mode selected - see page 153.

Page 41: Vectra Manual

39

Tachometer1)

Indicates engine speed.

Warning zone: m aximum permissible engine sp eed exceeded ; danger to engine.

Speedometer1) Indicates the vehicle speed .

1) The instrum ents in yo ur vehicle m ay differ from the instrum ents illustrated here.

OdometerRecords the miles / kilometres driven.

Trip odometerTo return to zero, depress reset knob with ignition switched on.

Service interval display – see pa ges 32, 234.

Page 42: Vectra Manual

40

Coolant temperature display

For physical reasons, the engine temperature gauge show s the coolant temperature only if the coolant level is adeq uate.

During operation the system is pressurised. The temp erature ma y therefore rise briefly to over 100 °C.

Fuel gauge

Never run the tank dry !

Because of the fuel remaining in the tank, the amount of fuel required to fill the tank ma y be less than the spec ified tank cap acity.

Pointer in zone at left = Engine operating

tem perature not yet rea ched

Pointer between the z ones = Normal operating

tem perature

Pointer in warning zoneat right or W is lit = Tem perature

too high:Stop, switch off engine, danger to engine, check coolant level immediately – see page 239.

Pointer in left zone or Y lit = Reserve area

Pointer in left zone or Y flashing = Fill up –

see pag e 163

Page 43: Vectra Manual

41

Inform ation displayTriple inform ation d isp layDisplay of time, outside tempera ture and radio / date.

The tim e and outside temperature are displayed when the ignition is on. The date is disp layed when the radio 3 is switched off.

When the ignition is off, the time, date and outside tem perature can be presented for 15 second s b y briefly pressing one of the two buttons b elow the displa y.

Display of --.- °C or F in the d isplay indicates a fault. H ave the cause rem edied. We recommend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

Graphica l informa tion displa y 3 ,Colour inform ation disp lay 3Display of date, time, outside tem perature, and informa tion from check control 3, trip computer 3 , e lectronic air conditioning system 3, radio 3 and Infotainment system 3.

The g ra phica l inform ation display presents the information in monochrom e. The colour information display p resents the information in colour.

The information d isplayed depends on the vehicle equipment and the settings of the trip comp uter 3, the electronic air conditioning system 3, the radio 3 and the Infotainment system 3.

E lectronic air conditioning system – see pag e 134. For operation of the radio and Infotainment system refer to the acc om panying opera ting instruc tions.

Display of --. - °C or F in the displa y indicates a fault. Have the cause remedied. We recommend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

Page 44: Vectra Manual

42

Operating the graphical information display 3 or the colour information display 3The functions are activated using the buttons on the wiper stalk or b y using the multifunction button if the vehicle is equipp ed with a radio telephone 3 or Infotainm ent system 3 – see Fig. 12824 J.

If chec k control issues a warning message, the display is blocked from other func tions. Acknowled ge the message with button § on the wip er stalk 3 or by p ressing the multifunction button. If there are severa l fault warnings, acknowledge them one a t a time.

The trip computer functions a re activated using the m enus on the disp lay and the buttons on the wiper sta lk 3 or via the radio telep hone 3 or Infota inm ent system 3 .

Ac tivation using buttons on wiper stalk: The individual menu items are selec ted using the h and i buttons and selected by pressing the § button. To activa te the trip computer, press the § button.

Ac tivation using multi-function button: the indiv idua l menu items are selected by rotating and selected b y pressing. Press BC button on system to activate the trip computer.

System settingsThe figures show execution with the colour inform ation display .

In the trip computer settings menu, select System Settings.

On vehicles without trip comp uter, press button § on the wiper stalk 3.

The system settings menu will b e displayed.

Page 45: Vectra Manual

43

Language selec tionYou ca n select the display language for som e functions.

In the System Settings menu, select item Instruct ions.

The list of availab le languages will be displayed.

Select the required lang uag e from the list.

Selections are indicated by a 6 in front of the menu item.

Sett ing units of measureYou can select which units of mea sure are to be used.

In the System Settings m enu, select item Units.

Selec t from the list of units that opens.

Selec tions are indic ated b y a 6 in front of the menu item.

Page 46: Vectra Manual

44

Adjust contrastIn the System Settings menu, select item Contrast.

The c ontrast menu w ill be d isplayed.

Confirm the required setting.

Set displa y m odeThe display can b e adjusted to suit the light conditions, b la ck or coloured text on a light background or white or coloured text on a dark bac kground.

In the System Settings menu, select item Automat ic, Day or Night.

Automat ic: Adjustment depending on vehicle lighting.

Da y: Black or coloured text on light background.

Night: White or coloured text on dark background.

Setting date and timeIn system s w ith a GPS receiver1) (Infotainm ent system 3, radio telephone with GPS m od ule 3) the tim e and da te are automatically set when a GPS satellite signal is received . If the displa yed time does not ma tc h the local tim e, the time can be corrected by making manual entries in steps of 30 minutes or autom atically by receiving a n RDS time signa l2) 3 .

In rad ios without a GPS receiver, the time and d ate c an be adjusted manually or automatically using the RDS time signal 3.

Som e RDS transmitters d o not send correct time signa ls. If the incorrect tim e is displayed often, d eactiva te the automa tic time synchronisation 3 and set the time ma nually.

The autom atic setting is ind ic ated b y Ö in the display .

1) GPS = Global Position in g System,Satellite system for world-wide position in g.

2) RDS = R adio Data System.

Page 47: Vectra Manual

45

Vehicles w ith triple informat ion displa yManual setting Switch off radio. Press Ö and ; below display a s follows:

Deactivating a nd activating automatic setting

Vehicles with gr aphical informat ion disp lay 3 or colour inform ation d isp lay 3In the System Settings menu, select item Tim e / Date.

The menu for time / date will be displayed.

Selec t the menu items required.

Make the desired setting s a nd confirm.

Selec t menu item OK.

Correcting time 3To correc t the time, use RDS in the Time / Date menu to select item Auto. Time Correc tion.

The field behind Auto. Time Correction will be ticked.

Press Ö for ap prox . 2 seconds: Day fla shes

;: Set day

Ö : Month fla shes;: Set month

Ö : Year flashes;: Set year

Ö : Hours flash;: Set hours

Ö : Minutes flash;: Set minutes

Ö : Clock is started.

Hold down Ö for approx. 2 sec., c lock display is now in setting mode.

Press Ö twice (until year flashes).

Press and hold down Ö for ap prox . 3 seconds until } flashes in display a nd text "RDS TIM E" a ppears (years fla sh during this time).

Display indicates:RDS TIME 0 = DeactivatedRDS TIME 1 = Activa ted

Press Ö three times.

Page 48: Vectra Manual

46

Outs ide temperatureA fall in temperature is indica ted immediately and a rise in temp erature after a time delay .

On vehicles with trip le inform ation display, the sym bol T is shown in the disp lay from 3 °C as a warning for icy road surfaces.

On vehicles w ith g ra phic al information display 3 or c olour information displa y 3 a message is shown in the display to warn for icy road surfaces. See figure.

Check control 3 Check control monitors several fluid levels, the tyre pressure 3, the radio frequency remote control ba tteries, the anti-theft alarm system 3 and im portant external lig hts, including the cables and fuses. In tra iler mode, the tra iler lighting is also monitored.

Once the ignition has been switched on, all check control functions are autom atically verified .

Fault warnings appear on the display. If there a re several fault warnings, they are displayed one after the other.

Some of the fault warnings appea r on the display in an abb reviated form.

Ac know ledge fault displays as described on p age 42.

Fault warnings:

Check r em ote control battery

If battery volta ge of the remote control unit is too low – see page 57.

Check b rake lig ht switch

Fault. Brake light does not come on when brake ap plied. Have cause of fault remedied imm ediately. We recom mend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

Check sa feg ua rd

Fault. System error in a nti-theft alarm system. Have cause of fault remedied imm ediately. We recomm end that you consult a Vauxha ll Authorised Repairer.

Caution: The road surface may already be icy even though the display indicates a few degrees above 0 °C.

Page 49: Vectra Manual

47

If there is a fault in the lighting system, the respective location of the fault is displayed as text, e.g.:

Check right brake light

If brake light is defective, the relevant tail light takes over the brake light function.

Bulb exchange – see page 218.

If tyre pressure is too low, the disp lay indicates the tyre to check, e.g.:

Check rear r ighttyre pressur e

Check ty re pressure at next opportunity, using suitable tyre pressure gauge. Tyre pressure control system 3 – see page 176. Checking tyre pressure – see p age 184.

If there is major loss of pressure in a tyre, the d isplay indicates the tyre a t fault, e.g.:

R ear left tyr epressure loss

Stop im med ia tely a nd check tyre. Tyre pressure control system 3 – see page 176.

Check w ash fluid level

Fluid level in wind screen wash system too low . Top up wa sh fluid – see p age 242.

Rear window wash system 3 and headlight wash system 3 a re deactivated if wash fluid is low.

Interr up tion of pow er supp lyThe check control 3 autom atically checks all functions after the battery has been reconnected or c ha rg ed. Stored fault warnings appear on the display one after the other.

Page 50: Vectra Manual

48

Trip computer 3 The trip computer show s vehicle data which it continually records and evaluates electronic ally .

Some of the functions a ppear on the display in a n abbrev iated form.

Functions:z Rang e,z Effective consump tion,z Average consump tion,z Instantaneous consumption,z Average speed,z Distance,z Settings.

Check control warnings a lways have priority.

Range over 30 m iles (50 km)Range is calculated from current fuel ta nk content and instantaneous consumption. The display shows avera ge values.

The ra nge updates automatically after a brief delay after the vehicle has b een refuelled. Manual updating is also possible – see page 50.

Ra ng e b elow 30 m iles (50 km)If the fuel in the tank will allow less than 30 miles (50 km), a warning "Range" appears on the display .

Page 51: Vectra Manual

49

Effect ive consumpt ionShows the a mount of fuel consumed . The measurement can be restarted at any time – see pa ge 50.

Average consumpt ionCalculation of avera ge c onsumption. The measurement c an be restarted at any time – see page 50.

Insta ntaneous c onsump tionDisplay c hanges depending on sp eed:

Display in g al/h below 8 m ph(13 km /h),

Display in m pg above 8 mph (13 km /h).

Page 52: Vectra Manual

50

Averag e sp eedAverage speed calculation. Measurement can be restarted at any time, see right-hand column.

Stoppag es in the journey with the ignition off are not included in the ca lc ulations.

Distance travelledDisplays number of miles (kilometres) driven. Measurement can be restarted at any time, see right-ha nd colum n.

Reset current trip computer information The following trip com puter inform ation can b e reset (restart measurements):

z Range (only with vehicle stationary),z Effective consum ption,z Average consum ption,z Average speed,z Distance travelled.

Selec t the required items from the trip computer menu.

Then select menu item Settings.

The Settings menu is displayed.

Page 53: Vectra Manual

51

Select BC Reset present in the Settings menu.

The value for the selected function will b e reset and reca lculated.

The range values can only be reset if the vehic le is stationary.

After resetting, "- - -" is displayed with the trip computer information selected. The reca lculated values are d isplayed after a brief delay .

Resetting multip le informat ion on the trip com puter The follow ing trip computer information can be reset simultaneously (restart measurements):

z Effective consumption,z Average consumption,z Average speed,z Distanc e travelled.

Select menu item BC Reset all in the Settings menu.

The values are reset a nd "***" is d isplayed. New values are only displayed when the engine is running. The average speed is calculated shortly after starting to drive.

Interr up tion of pow er supp lyIf the power supp ly has been interrupted or if the battery voltage ha s dropped too low, the values stored in the trip computer w ill be lost.

Page 54: Vectra Manual

52

Radio 3The rad io is operated as described in the opera ting instruc tions supp lied.

The d isplay for the radio ap pears on the inform ation d isplay .

Ca r radio reception differs from domestic radio reception:

As the vehicle aeria l is relatively near the ground, the broadcasting compa nies cannot g uarantee the sa me quality of reception a s is obtained with a domestic ra dio using an overhead aerial.

z Changes in distance from the transm itter,

z Multi-path reception due to reflection and

z Shadowing

may c ause hissing , noise, distortion or loss of reception a ltogether.

Infotainment system 3 The Infotainm ent system is operated as described in the operating instructions supplied.

Depend ing on the version, the Infotainm ent system conta ins telematics (telep hone).

Electronic data acquisition in toll system s 3 On vehicles with heat-reflecting windscreens1) 3, m ount the c hipca rd 3 for electronic data a cquisition and billing in the black shaded zone of the windsc reen on the left or the right behind the interior rear-view m irror, see figure. If the chipc ard is mounted outside this zone, malfunctions ma y occur in data acquisition.

1) Solar Reflect.

Page 55: Vectra Manual

53

Mobile te lephones and radio equipment (CB) 3 The Vauxhall installa tion instructions and the operating guidelines p rov id ed by the telephone manufa cturer m ust be observed when fitting and operating a m ob ile telephone. Failure to d o so could invalida te the vehicle’s op erating permit (EU Directive 95/54/EG).

Prerequisites for fault-free op eration:

z Professionally installed exterior aerial to ob ta in the maximum range possible,

z Maximum transmission power 10 Watt,

z Installation of the telephone in a suitab le spot (see note on pag e 107).

Obtain ad vice on p redetermined installation loc ations for the external antenna and equipment holder and ways of using dev ices w ith transmission power of more than 10 Wa tts. We recom mend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer, who will have brackets and various installation k its available as accessories and will install them in accordance with regulations.

Be sure to use the handsfree attachment if using the telephone w hilst driving. Even this can be a distraction while driving. Please ob serve country-spec ific regulations.

When used in the vehicle interior, mobile telephones and radio equipment (CB) with integrated aerial may cause malfunctions in the vehicle electronics.

Mobile telephones and radio equipm ent (CB) should only be used with an aerial fitted on the vehicle exterior.

Page 56: Vectra Manual

54

Keys, doors, bonnet Replacement keysThe key is a c onstituent of the electronic immobiliser. Ordering keys from a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer g uarantees problem -free op eration of the electronic immobiliser. You will avoid unnecessary costs, difficulties with insurance comp anies when processing claims and problems asserting wa rranty claims.

Keep the sp are key accessible in a safe place.

Locks – see page 248.

Lock cylindersDesigned to free-wheel if they are forcefully rotated without the correct key or if the correct key is not fully inserted.

To reset, turn cy linder with the c orrect key until its slot is vertica l, remove key and then re-insert it. If the cylinder still free-wheels, turn the key through 180° and rep eat op eration.

Child safety locks

Using key, turn lever on rear door lock from the vertical position: door cannot then be opened from inside.

Use the child safety lock whenever child ren are occupying the rear seats. Disregard may lea d to injuries or endanger life. Vehicle p assengers should be informed accordingly.

Page 57: Vectra Manual

55

Electronic imm obiliserThe system checks whether the vehicle m ay be sta rted using the key that has been inserted. If the key is recognised as "authorised" the vehicle can be started. The c heck is carried out via a transponder housed in the key – see page 56.

To act ivate:Switch off eng ine, turn key to position 0 and remove.

To deactivate:Turn key to position I I (ignition on); the engine can then b e started.

Dea ctivation is not possib le in any other way, so keep spare key accessible in a safe place!

Control ind icator for imm obiliserIf control indicator o lights when the ignition is switc hed on, the key is not recognised by the system and the engine cannot b e started:

1. Turn key to 0 in the ignition a nd remove.

2. Reinsert key in ignition switch.

3. Then repeat starting procedure.

If the control ind ic ator o remains lit, try to start the engine using the spare key and consult a workshop. We recommend a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

If the control indicator flashes whilst the ignition is on A , there is a fault in the eng ine electronic s. The engine cannot be started – see page 166.

NoteThe immobiliser does not lock the doors. Therefore, after leaving the vehicle a lways lock it and switch on the anti-theft alarm system 3 – see p ages 58, 63.

The Car Pass contains all of the vehicle’s data and should therefore not be kept in the vehicle.

Have your Car Pass on hand when consulting a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

Page 58: Vectra Manual

56

Radio frequency remote controlThe rad io frequency remote control is integrated in the key .

Used to op eratez central locking system,z mechanical anti-theft locking system 3, z boot lid , tailgate,z Vauxhall ala rm system 3 .

Electric windows can be opened and closed 3 using the remote control unit. The electric sun roof 3 c an be c losed using the rem ote control unit.

The remote control has a range of approx. 3 metres. The range can b e affected b y external influences. Point the remote control at the vehicle when opera ting.

For your convenience, we recommend that the central lock ing system always be op erated using the remote control unit.

Handle remote control with care, protect from moisture and high temperatures and avoid unnecessary operation.

Function check by brief illum ination of ha zard warning flashers.

Position m em ory on vehic les w ith electric ally operated front seats 3 When the vehicle is loc ked using the ra dio freq uency remote c ontrol, the current position of the driver’s seat and the exterior and interior m irrors are stored. Personal settings sa ved using va rious radio freq uency remote controls can b e retrieved as follows: open driver’s door within one minute of unlocking and the positions stored using the radio frequency remote control are automa tic ally set – see pag e 80.

Centra l locking system,see page 58.

Mechanic al anti -theft locking system 3 , see page 58.

Boot l id or ta ilgate, see page 61.

Vauxhall ala rm system 3, see page 63.

Electric w indows 3 ,see page 120.

Electrica lly op era ted sun roof 3,see page 123.

Page 59: Vectra Manual

57

FaultIf the central locking system cannot be opera ted with the remote control, it m ay b e due to the following :

z The range of the rem ote control has been exceeded.

z Remote control b attery voltag e too low, cha nge batteries, see next colum n.

z Freq uent, rep eated opera tion of the remote control outside the reception ra nge of the vehicle (e.g. too far from vehicle, rem ote control is then no longer recognised). To synchronise remote control, see next column.

z If the centra l loc king system is overloaded as a result of repeated op eration at short intervals, the power supply is c ut off for approx . 30 second s.

z Interference from higher-power radio waves from other sources.

For c entral locking system operation using key – see following pa ges. Ha ve c ause of fault remedied. We recommend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

Changing the rem ote control ba tteryExchange the battery as soon as the range of the rem ote control starts to become reduced.

Insert a sma ll screwdriver in the notch in the clip and lift. Pull the key part from the remote control.

The transponder for the imm ob iliser is in the front of the key. Make sure that it is not damaged or detached.

Open the remote c ontrol. Replace the battery, ensuring that it is inserted correc tly (see pa ge 275 regarding b attery type). Close the remote control, insert it in the key part and ma ke sure it audibly engages.

Make sure that you dispose of old batteries in accordance with env ironmental protec tion regulations.

After replacing batteries, synchronise remote control: unlocking door using key in lock – see next page. Insert key into ignition.

Page 60: Vectra Manual

58

Central locking systemFor doors, boot lid / tailgate and tank flap.

Locking Press button p on rem ote control unit – or –Turn key in driver’s door lock towards rear of vehic le; then turn it b ack to the vertical position and remove. Alternatively, when locking from inside the vehicle, press the central locking switch m in one of the front doors 3 with the doors closed.

Securing wi th the mechanica l anti-theft locking system 3 All d oors must b e closed. The driver’s door must have been opened after the ig nition was switched on. Within 10 seconds of lock ing , press button p on the remote control aga in– or –

Turn key in driver’s door loc k towards rear of vehicle ag ain within 10 seconds after locking, then turn it back to the vertica l position a nd remove.

Lock buttons on all doors are positioned such tha t doors ca nnot be opened.

Do not use the system if there are people in the vehicle! The doors cannot b e unlocked from inside.

Page 61: Vectra Manual

59

To unlock:To unlock only the driver’s door:Press button q on remote control unit onc e – or –Turn key in driver’s door lock once towards front of vehicle, then turn it back to the vertic al position and remove.

Unlock entire vehic lePress button q on rem ote control unit twice – or –Turn key in driver’s door lock towards front of vehic le twice; then turn it bac k to the vertic al position and remove. Alternatively , when unlocking from the inside, press central locking switch m on one of the front doors 3.

Central loc king sw itch for loc king and unlocking the doors from insid e the vehiclePress button m on one of the front doors 3: the doors are locked or unlocked as appropriate.

When the mechanical anti-theft locking system is active – see pag e 58, the doors cannot b e unlocked with this b utton.

Notez If the driver’s door is not closed properly ,

the central loc king system will unlock again immediately after lock ing.

z 30 seconds after unlocking using the radio frequenc y remote control the doors autom atically lock again if neither a door nor the luggage compartment has been opened.

z To loc k the d oors from within (e.g . to prevent und esired a ccess from outside), press the central lock ing sw itch m.

z Locked doors unlock a utoma tica lly if an accident of a certain severity occ urs (to permit outside assistance) – prerequisite: ignition must not be switched off.

Page 62: Vectra Manual

60

Oper ation of windows and sun roof 3 On vehicles w ith electronically operated windows, the windows can be op ened a nd closed from outside: Hold d ow n b utton q or button p on the remote control unit, or hold the key in the appropriate position in the door lock, until all windows a re open or fully closed.

The sun roof can be closed from outside: Hold b utton p on the remote control depressed or hold the key in the appropriate position in the door lock until the sun roof is fully closed .

Overloa dIf the centra l locking system is overloa ded as a result of repeated operation at short intervals, the p ow er supply is cut off for approx. 30 seconds.

The system is protected b y a fuse in the fusebox – see pag e 212.

For further inform ation on windows and the sun roof – see pages 122, 124.

Malfunction in central locking systeme.g. if vehicle battery is flat.

A = Unlock driver’s door Turn key forward in lock p ast resistance p oint as far as it w ill go. Turn key back to vertical position and remove.

B = Lock driver’s doorWith driver’s d oor c losed , turn key towards rea r of vehicle until it will not move any further. Turn key back to vertical position and remove.

The other doors can be opened and closed by pulling or pushing the interior lock button (not p ossible if a nti-theft ala rm system enabled beforeha nd ). Have cause of fault remedied. We rec om mend that you consult a Vauxha ll Authorised Repairer.

Care must be taken when operating the elec tric windows and the sun roof. There is a risk of injury, especially for child ren, and a danger that articles could become trap ped.

Vehicle passengers should be informed according ly .

Keep a close wa tch on the windows and sun roof w hen closing them . Ensure that nothing becomes trapped in them as they m ove.

Page 63: Vectra Manual

61

Luggage compartmentTo unlock:Press button r on remote control – or –Press button q on rem ote control twice– or –Turn key in driver’s door lock forwa rd twice, turn to vertical position and remove – or –Press button x in d river or passenger side d oor 3.

The lug gage compartment is unlocked and can be opened within 5 minutes. On the Saloon, this is d one b y pressing the button; on the esta te car, by p ulling the button under the handle.

If the luggage comp artm ent is open w hen the ignition is on, s lights up in the tachom eter displa y. A w arning b uz zer will sound when the vehicle starts off.

If the lug gage c om partment is not opened within 5 minutes, it is automatically locked again.

If the luggage comp artm ent is unlocked the number plate lights come on and illuminate the area behind the vehicle.

If the luggage comp artm ent has been unlocked and opened, it is autom atically locked again 5 minutes after closing.

The luggage compartment is autom atic ally locked when the speed reaches 2.5 mph (4 km /h).

There is a handle on the inside of the luggage compa rtm ent lid or tailgate for closing the luggage compa rtm ent.

Page 64: Vectra Manual

62

Boot lid, SaloonThe door central locking system ca nnot be locked or unlocked using the lugga ge compartment lock.

Key slot in lock in horizontal positionThe lugga ge com partment ca n be locked and unlocked by op erating the remote control or using the key in the driver’s sid e lock.

Key slot in lock in vertical positionThe lugga ge com partment also rem ains locked after unlocking using the remote control or using the key in the driver’s sid e lock. This position m ust be selected if the luggage compartment is to remain locked whenever this occurs.

Locking using key in luggage compa rtm ent lockTurn key c lockwise from vertical or horizontal position as far a s it will go. To guard against being locked out, the key cannot then be removed.

After the luggage compartment has been closed and the key turned back to the horizontal or vertical position, the luggage compa rtm ent is locked again.

Open luggag e c om partment

Fitting accessories to the boot lid or tailgate will increase its weight. I f it becomes too hea vy, the boot lid or ta ilg ate will then not stay op en.

Do not drive with the luggage compartment op en or ajar, e.g. when tra nsporting bulky ob jects, since toxic exhaust gas could penetrate the interior.

Page 65: Vectra Manual

63

Vauxhall alarm system 3monitors:

z the doors, luggage compartment, bonnet,

z the passenger c om partment,

z vehicle tilt, e.g. if it is raised,

z the ignition.

To activate:All doors, windows a nd sun roof 3 must be closed; press button p on the rem ote control unit again within 10 seconds after lock ing– or –Turn key in d river’s door lock toward s rear of vehicle again within 10 sec onds after lock ing , then turn it back to the vertical position and remove.

Sw itching system on exclud ing m oni toring of the pa ssenger com partm ent and the vehicle t ilt e.g. if anim als a re to be left in the vehic le.

1. Close tailgate and b onnet.

2. Press b utton Ä . The LED in the b utton fla shes (maximum 10 seconds) – see next p age.

3. Close doors.

4. Switch on anti-theft alarm system . LED lights up. After app rox . 10 second s the system is activated, without m onitor-ing of the passenger compartment or vehicle tilt. LED flashes until system is switched off.

6

Page 66: Vectra Manual

64

Light emit ting d iode (LED) During the first 10 seconds of anti-theft alarm system activation:

z LED lights up = Test, switch-ondelay

z LED flashes = Door, tailgate,bonnet openor system fault

After the first 10 seconds of anti-theft alarm system activation:

z LED flashes = System on

z LED lights up forapprox . 1 second = Switch-off

If a system fa ult occ urs, consult a workshop. We recom mend a Va uxha ll Authorised Repairer.

To deact ivate:Press button q on remote control– or –Turn key in driver’s door lock towards front of vehicle, then turn it back to the vertica l position a nd remove.

Page 67: Vectra Manual

65

Opening and closing boot lid or tailgate using remote contr ol unit button r with anti -theft alarm system enabled

1. Press button r on remote c ontrol, lugga ge c om partment is unlocked – see pa ge 61, and passenger com partment and vehicle tilt is disabled.

2. Opening lugg age com partment – see pa ge 61.

3. After closing the luggage compartment the monitoring of the passenger com partment a nd vehicle tilt is enabled again after ap prox . 10 seconds.

Opening a nd closing the lugg age compa rtment with the key in the luggag e compa rtment lock 3 w ith anti-theft alarm system enabled

1. Turn key clockwise as fa r as it will go: the lugg age com partment is unlocked and m onitoring of the pa ssenger compa rtm ent and vehicle tilt is deactivated.

2. Opening luggage compa rtm ent – see page 61.

3. C lose lug gage compartment.

4. Turn key ba ck to previous position: After approx . 10 second s, monitoring of the passenger compartment, lug gage compa rtm ent and vehicle tilt is resumed.

Ala rmOnly a certain num ber of a la rm s are allowed to be trigg ered while the anti-theft alarm system is switched on (this number is stipula ted b y law).

The alarm takes the form of:z an acoustic signal (horn) a ndz a visual sig nal (haz ard warning lights).

The duration of the a larm signals is limited due to lega l regulations.

Alarm c an be cancelled by pressing a button on the remote control. The anti-theft wa rning system is switched off at the same time by p ressing the button q .

Alarm sirenwith integrated battery 3The alarm siren monitors the on-board voltage network and triggers an ala rm if this network is manipulated (e.g . if the vehicle’s ba ttery is disconnected by unauthorised persons). The alarm siren ha s its own power supply and is therefore not dependent on the vehicles battery .

If the vehicle’s battery is to be disconnected (e.g. for maintenance w ork ), the alarm siren must be dea ctivated as follows: sw itch the ignition on then off, disconnect the vehicle’s battery within 15 seconds.

To switch off alarm siren:Switc h ignition on then off.

Page 68: Vectra Manual

66

Universal radio frequency remote control in mirror housing 3 To opera te up to 3 different remotely opera ted systems (e.g. garage door, domestic alarm system, domestic exterior lighting ).

The p rogram med universal radio frequenc y rem ote control can rep lace the individual remote control units of the systems to be operated. Three buttons on the underside of the m irror housing can be used to operate various systems.

Consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer for details on compatible systems.

Basic program ming of the univer sa lrad io control system

1. Switch on ignition.

2. When programming for the first time, press both outer buttons under the mirror housing, until the control indicator along side the b uttons fla shes rapidly .

3. Hold the ma nual remote control unit at a distance of 0 to 30 c m from the control button area of the mirror housing.

4. Press the button on the manual rem ote control unit while p ressing and holding the desired button of the universal radio frequency remote control.

5. The control ind ic ator in the mirror housing will flash slowly at first. As soon as it flashes rap id ly, release both buttons. The universal radio control system is now programmed for the chosen system.

6. To programme other buttons w ith other systems, repeat steps 3 to 5.

If a system does not operate the device desp ite repeated programm ing and the control ind icator briefly flashes rapidly and then shines with a steady g low for 2 seconds, the receiver m ay be fitted with a variable code system – see next page.

Ensure that no persons, animals or objec ts are in the m ovement zone of the system to be operated (e.g. a ga ra ge door). Vehicle passeng ers should be inform ed of the hazards.

Page 69: Vectra Manual

67

Program ming the univer sa l radio control system for varia ble code systems

1. Perform basic programming – see previous page.

2. Activate synchronisation mode of system (see system manufacturer’s system operating m anual) and briefly press the pre-p rogram med button on the universal radio freq uency remote control three times w ithin 30 second s.

3. The radio control system is now prog ra mmed for variable code system s. To prog ra mme other systems for variable codes, repeat the above procedure for the other buttons of the universal ra dio control system .

Using the universal radio control system With the ignition on, press the required universal radio control button, and the control indica tor in the mirror housing will illuminate. The pre-p rogram med system can now be operated using the universal radio control system.

Rep rogram ming ind ivid ua l button sett ingsIf a button that has already been prog ra mmed is to be used for a different system, simply repeat steps 3 to 5 of the basic programming procedure described previously .

Erasing all prog ramm ed button settingsBefore selling the vehic le, it is a good idea to erase b utton settings.

Button settings can only be era sed as a unit. I t is not p ossible to erase individual button settings. Buttons can, how ever, be indiv idua lly rep rogram med (see "Reprogramm ing ind iv idual button settings").

In order to erase the programming of all 3 buttons, press both outer buttons and relea se as soon as the LED begins to flash (a fter approx. 20 seconds). All button settings have now been cleared and can be prog ra mmed anew at any tim e.

NoteRetain the ma nual remote control in case reprog ra mming is required. It is also possible to continue using the manual remote control.

If a fter repeated ly performing the above steps a system fails to respond to the universal rad io control, consult a workshop. We recommend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

During programm ing, the vehicle should be within the range of the receiver. Under no circumstances should the vehicle be in the movement zone of a system (e.g. garag e door).

Do not programm e systems which do not have an automatic safety stop (manufactured b efore 1982).

Take note of the system ma nufacturer’s safety instructions for drives a nd manual remote control units.

Page 70: Vectra Manual

68

BonnetTo open the bonnet, p ull the outer release lever / located below the instrument panel on the driver’s side. The bonnet will then be unlocked and will partially open. Return the relea se lever to its origina l position.

There is a safety catch on the underside of the bonnet: lift this upwards and open the bonnet.

When the bonnet is opened, snow or d irt on the bonnet can slide down and obstruct the air inta ke. Air intake – see page 142.

The b onnet is held open automatically. To close the bonnet, lower it slow ly and allow it to fall into the lock und er its own weight.

Check that the b onnet is locked in position by pulling at its front edge. If it is not eng aged, repeat the procedure.

Page 71: Vectra Manual

69

Seats, Interior Adjusting the front seatssee p age 5.

Electrically adjustable front seats 3see p age 79.

Increasing luggage compartment size by folding down the front seatssee p age 82.

Seat pos itionAdjust driver’s sea t such that with the driver sitting upright the steering wheel is held in the area of its upper spokes with the driver’s arms slig htly bent.

Push p assenger seat as far b ack as possible.

The seat back rests m ust not be tilted too far ba ck (recom mended tilting angle app rox . 25° ).

Imp ortant: Do not sit nearer than 10 inches (25cm) from the steering w heel, to permit safe airbag d eploym ent.

Disregard can lead to injuries which could be fa tal. Vehicle passengers should be informed ac cord ingly .

Page 72: Vectra Manual

70

Head restraint position The midd le of the head restraint should be at eye level. I f this is not possible for extremely tall persons, set to highest position, and set to lowest position for small persons.

Setting – see page 7 and right hand column.

Head restraintsTo rem ove head restraints: Release the two springs by pressing them and d etach the head restraint.

Setting – see page 7.

To enlarge the luggage compa rtm ent, push the hea d restra int all the w ay down – see p age 7.

Rear head restraints, integrated in the rear seat backrest 3 To adjust them, pull the head restraint forwards with both hands and at the same time adjust the height.

The head restraints can be moved to the lowest position to improve visib ility where seats are unocc upied.

Disreg ard can lead to injuries which could be fatal. Vehicle p assengers should be informed accordingly.

Page 73: Vectra Manual

71

Armrest 3 between the front seatsThe arm rest can be pushed forw ard. If the armrest is not req uired, push it back and fold it up.

To op en, slide the armrest back, press the button on the front and open.

Rear seat armrestThe armrest can be folded down.

If the rear centre seat is being used or the rear sea t ba ckrests are b eing folded down, fold armrest up ward.

To open, p ress the button on the front and open.

The maximum permitted load on the stowage compartment is 0.5 kg .

Page 74: Vectra Manual

72

Travel Assistant 3Instal ling the Travel Assista ntInsert the tw o rear push-in sleeves into the marked recesses in the ba ckrest and enga ge.

Swivel open a nd hold cover of front attachment points in floor in front of console.

Swivel c onnecting console d ownw ard and eng age in attachment points.

Page 75: Vectra Manual

73

Swivel the locking lever downwards. Check the locking p osition of the Travel Assistant: the red mark (see Fig. 15028 J) must not be visible. Otherw ise, lock using the key – see page 77, Fig. 15037 J .

To lock, insert Tra vel Assistant into recesses in connecting console and slid e back as fa r as possible.

If it is correctly locked, the red m ark must no longer b e v isible in the window, otherwise the procedure must be repeated .

6

If it is not correctly locked, the Travel Assistant could b e propelled forward with considera ble force when hard braking occurs, risk of injury.

Page 76: Vectra Manual

74

Drink holder and ac cessory soc ketsOpen the drink hold er by pressing the marking.

Only accessories with maximum power consump tion of 120 Watts must be connected to the a ccessory sockets. For notes – see pa ge 89.

Stowa ge compa rtmentsOpen the lower stowag e com partment by pressing the mark ing. The underside of the compartment has an opening through whic h the objects in the compartment can be ra ised.

The up per stowage compartment is located under the armrest. To open, press the button and fold the armrest upwa rds.

Page 77: Vectra Manual

75

Connecting console for DVD player 3 Pull connecting console upward, p ress button and slid e downward .

Swivel up the display holder, slide DVD player display into bracket from below a nd fix in position with bracket.

Maximum loa d: 1 kg.

Electric c ool boxTo open, fold open the armrest together with the stowage compa rtm ent.

Page 78: Vectra Manual

76

Switch on the cool box as needed. Ta blesFold arm rest upward (1).

Use recessed grip to p ull tab le upward as fa r a s it will go (1), sw ivel table forw ard (2) and fold downward (3).

Set required clearance b y adjusting longitudinal position of table (4).

Page 79: Vectra Manual

77

To fold away the tab le, swivel the armrest up.

Push the table forw ard as far as it will go (1).

Fold the table upwards p ast the resistance point (2), swivel it downwards and insert in the Travel Assista nt (3).

Swivel armrest down.

Removing the Travel AssistantOpen catch using key , red mark appears in window.

6

Page 80: Vectra Manual

78

Pull the Tra vel Assistant to the front on the connecting console and remove.

Fit the protec tive cover 3 on the plug.

Press the locking lever down, press the button on the front of the connecting console a nd sw ivel the locking lever up wards.

Swivel connecting c onsole upward and pull out of recesses.

Page 81: Vectra Manual

79

Electrically adjustable front seats 3

AdjustmentThe seat p osition can be adjusted by means of switches on the outboard side of the seats.

Ad justing the inclinationMove switch 1 upwards / downwards at front.

Adjusting the long itudinal p ositionMove switch 1 forwa rd s / ba ckwards.

Height adjustm entMove switch 1 upw ards / downwards at rear.

Seat ba ck adjustmentTurn sw itch 2 forwards / backw ards.

Operate switch until desired seat position is reached. Seat position – see p age 69.

After a djusting the seat, adjust height of seat belt – see page 98.

Care must be taken when operating the elec trically adjustab le sea ts. There is a risk of injury, p articularly for children, and a danger that articles could become trap ped.

Keep a close watch on the seats when adjusting them.

Vehicle passengers should be informed according ly .

Page 82: Vectra Manual

80

Elec trical ly operated lumba r sup port 3 on driver’s seatAdjust lumb ar support using four-way switch on outboard side of driver’s seat.

Adjust lumb ar support to suit personal req uirements.

Moving support up and d ow n: push b utton up or down.

Increa sing and decreasing support: push button forward or backwa rd.

Thigh sup port 3 on driver’s seatTo adjust, lift handle at front and slide sea t padding.

Do not a djust the thigh support whilst driving.

Memory function 3 for elec trical ly ad justable driver’s sea t, exterior mirrors and interior mi rrorThree different seat and mirror settings can be stored (e.g. for three drivers).

Page 83: Vectra Manual

81

Readiness for operation

z With ignition on,

z Within 10 m inutes of switching ignition off,

z Within 10 m inutes of opening or closing the driver’s door,

z Within 10 m inutes of inserting or removing the ignition key.

Readiness for operation stops when the vehic le is locked.

Storing settings

1. Adjust seat,

2. Adjust interior mirror – see page 8,

3. Adjust exterior mirror – see page 8,

4. Press m emory button M and the position button to be used (1, 2 or 3) simulta neously, and stora ge is acknowledged by an acoustic signal.

Retriev ing settingsKeep position key 1, 2 or 3 pressed until the stored sea t and mirror positions have b een reached .

For reasons of safety, seat adjustm ent stops immediately if the p osition button is relea sed or one of the setting buttons is op erated.

Ad justments may only be performed with vehicle stationary.

Store and activate the setting s using the remote controlsWhen the vehicle is loc ked with the radio freq uency remote c ontrol, the current positions of the d river’s seat, the exterior mirrors and the interior m irror a re stored. Personal settings stored using different radio frequency remote controls can be retrieved as follows: op en driver’s door within one m inute of unlocking a nd the positions stored using the radio frequency remote control are autom atically set.

The seat adjusting proc edure can be stopped immediately if required by operating a setting button.

Passeng er m irror w ith par king a idsee page 8.

OverloadIf the seat setting is electrically overloaded, the power supply is automatically cut off for a short time.

The system is protected by a fuse in the fusebox – see page 212.

Page 84: Vectra Manual

82

Luggage compartment extens ionFold dow n the cover behind the arm restFold down the a rm rest on to the seat cushion, pull the handle and tilt the cover forwards.

The outer seats can continue to be used for passengers.

Enga ge the cover behind the centre armrest a udib ly in position.

Cover behind arm rest can be locked from lugg age compartment 3: turn handle 90°:

Locked = Handle horiz ontalUnlocked = Handle vertic al

Folding d own the rear seat ba ckrestsPush the rear head restraints right down.

Place the b elt buckles in storage pockets in the seat cushions.

Push front seats forwards a little.

Remove Travel Assistant 3 – see page 77.

Unlock one or both rear sea t backrests by depressing p ushbuttons and fold down on to seat cushion.

Return the air front seats to the desired positions.

Page 85: Vectra Manual

83

When returning rear seat back rests to upright, they should audibly click into position.

The three-point seat belt for the centre rear seat can only be pulled out of the retractor if the rear seat backrests are prop erly locked into position.

On some versions, the rear seat b ackrests can be locked 3 : insert the key in the lock next to the pushbutton, turn 180° a nd rem ove – see figure.

Fold ing down the front passenger seat 3 Push head restra int on front passenger’s seat down as far as it will g o.

Slide back the front p assenger seat.

Fold front passenger sea t forwa rd by ra ising release lever.

When returning front passenger seat backrest to upright, it should audibly c lic k into position.

Notes on loadingsee p age 88.

Luggage compartment cover 3,5-door Saloon (Hatch)To remove, unhook the retaining straps from the tailgate.

Remove the cover from the side guides.

Fit in reverse order.

Page 86: Vectra Manual

84

Luggage compartment cover 3, Estate To close:Pull lug gage compartment cover toward s rea r of vehicle using handle and hook into side retainers.

Do not place any heavy or sharp-edged objects on the cover.

To open:Remove luggag e compartment c over from side b ra ckets. I t rolls up automatically .

Rem oving Open luggage compartment cover.

Move release lever on right side of lug gage compartment cover upwa rd . Lift rig ht cover a nd remove from brac kets.

Fit ting Fit the lug gage compartment cover in the bracket on the left-hand side, fold up the relea se lever on the right-ha nd side, fit the lugg age compartment cover in the bracket on the right-hand side and p ress the relea se lever closed.

Safety net 3,Estate The safety net can be fitted behind the rear seats or, with the rear seat back rest folded down, behind the front seats.

Fitting behind the rear seats Remove the luggage comp artm ent cover.

Fit the ca ssette with rolled safety net into the side brackets and enga ge b y twisting .

Page 87: Vectra Manual

85

Extend the net from the cassette. The roof frame houses two fitting openings. Fit the net rod in the fitting opening on one side and then the other and engage by pushing forward.

Fit the luggage compa rtm ent cover.

Removing Remove the lug gage compartment cover.

Detach the safety net rod from the brackets in the roof frame.

Slide both latches inwards; push the cassette with rolled net rea rw ards in the bracket, twist and rem ove upw ards.

Fitting behind front seats Fold both rear seat back rests. Place the rolled net on the floor behind the front seats in suc h a way that the cog rail in the slit on the net is to the rear.

Pull ea ch side hook from the cassette and attach it to an eye 3 in the vehicle floor.

Extend the net from the cassette. The roof frame houses two fitting openings. Fit the net rod in the fitting opening on one side and then the other and engag e by pushing forward.

Removing Detach the safety net rod from the brackets in the roof frame.

Undo the side hooks from the eyes 3 in the vehicle floor.

Page 88: Vectra Manual

86

Lashing eyesThese enable loads to be secured in position in the lugga ge compartment using lashing straps 3 or a luggage net 3 .

FlexO rganizer 3 Flexible system for dividing the luggage compartment or securing load s in an Estate.

The components are housed in a stow age compartment at the rea r in the load floor – see p age 92.

The system c onsists ofz variab le partition netz variab le partition wallz partition rodz mesh p oc kets for the side wallsz hooks

The components can be mounted in the two guide ra ils in the side walls of the lugg age compartment.

The figures show examples of possible uses.

Varia ble part ition wa llFig. 15179 J . Press the rod s of the partition wall together slightly and engage in the desired guide rail openings in the side walls. The rods c an be engaged in various positions.

Varia ble part ition netFig. 15180 J . Press the rod s of the partition net tog ether slightly and engage in the desired guide rail openings in the side walls. The rods c an be engaged in various positions. The partition net can be mounted vertically or horizontally at different levels.

Page 89: Vectra Manual

87

Hooks and mesh poc kets for the sid e wa llsFig. 15181 J. Engage the hooks in the openings of the guide rails in the sid e walls as indic ated in the figure and turn 90°. The mesh pockets can be hung from the hooks.

Rem oving Press together the rods of the partition wall / net or the telescopic rods and remove from the guide rails. Turn the hooks 90° and rem ove.

FlexOrga nizer stowa geFlexOrga nizer c om ponents are housed in a stowage compa rtm ent at the rear in the loa d floor. To open, ra ise the handle and op en the flap – see pag e 92, Fig. 15171 J.

To stow, pull apa rt the partition wall / net rods as well as the sepa rate telescopic rod in the middle and fold them in half. Roll the partition wa ll and net together and place it in the compartment with the other components. C lose the c over.

Page 90: Vectra Manual

88

Notes on loading the vehiclez Heavy objec ts in the lug gage

com partment should be placed as far forward as possible aga inst the engag ed rear seat backrests or, if the rear seat backrests are folded down, against the front seat b ackrests. If objects a re to be stacked, the heav ier objects should be placed at the b ottom. Unsecured objec ts in the luggage compartment would be thrown forward with great force in the event of heavy braking, for exam ple.

z Secure heavy objec ts with lashing straps 3 atta ched to lashing eyes – see page 86. If heavy loads slip when the vehicle is braked heavily or driven around a bend, the handling of the vehicle may chang e.

z Saloon: loose objects in the lugg age com partment should be secured ag ainst slipping using a luggage net 3 – see pa ge 86.

z Estate: when transporting objects in the lugga ge compa rtm ent, fit a safety net 3 – see page 84, or FlexOrganizer 3 – see pa ge 86.

z Estate: close the luggage compa rtm ent cover so there is no reflection in the rea r wind ow.

z If objects are being transp orted in the luggage compa rtm ent, the rear sea t back rests m ust be locked in position – see page 82.

z Do not a llow the load to protrude ab ove the upp er edge of the rear seat back rests, or above the upper ed ge of the front seat b ackrests if the rear seat back rests a re folded down.

z The warning triangle 3 and first-aid kit 3 must always b e freely a ccessib le.

z Do not place any objec ts in front of the rear window or on the instrum ent panel. They a re reflected in the glass, obstruct the driver’s view and will be thrown through the vehicle, for instance in the event of heavy braking.

z Objects m ust not be stored in the a irb ag inflation area, because they could cause injury if the airbag inflates.

z Do not drive with the luggage compartment op en, e.g. when tra nsporting bulky ob jects, since toxic exhaust gas could p enetrate the interior.

z Weights, payload and roof loa d – see page 262.

z Driv ing with a roof load – see p ages 158, 161, 188, increases the sensitivity of the vehicle to cross-winds and has a detrimenta l effec t on vehicle handling owing to the vehicle’s higher centre of gravity.

Disregarding the instructions can potentially lead to fatal injury. Vehicle passeng ers should be inform ed accordingly.

Page 91: Vectra Manual

89

Cigarette lighter ) 3 In front centre console.

Press in cigarette lighter with ignition switched on. Switches off autom atically once the element is glowing. Pull out lighter.

Accessory socket 3 The soc ket in the centre console and the cigarette lighter socket can be used to connect electrical accessories. The sockets are ready for operation when the ignition is switched on. If the eng ine is not running the battery will be discharged. An a dditional accessory soc ket 3 can be found in the centre console b eneath the rear air vents and in the Travel Assistant 3.

Estates have an additional accessory socket to the left in the luggag e compartment next to the lug gage compartment lig hting.

Do not dam age the soc kets by using unsuitable plugs.

The maximum power c onsumption of electrical ac cessories m ust not exceed 120 w atts.

Do not connect any current-delivering acc essories, e.g. electrical charging devices or b atteries.

E lectrical ac cessories connected to the socket must c om ply with the electro-ma gnetic compa tib ility requirem ents laid down in DIN VDE 40 839, otherwise vehicle ma lfunctions m ay occur.

Accessory sockets in the Travel Assistant 3 – see page 74.

Page 92: Vectra Manual

90

AshtrayTo be used only for ash and not for combustible rubbish.

Ashtray, front The cover opens when pressed at the point indicated .

To empty , grip b oth sides of the ashtray insert a nd pull upwards.

Rear a shtray 3 In the rear c entre console.

The cover op ens when pressed a t the point indicated.

To empty: open the ashtray, press the spring (arrow ) and pull out the ashtray.

Disreg ard c an lead to injuries which may be fatal. Vehicle pa ssengers should be informed accordingly.

Page 93: Vectra Manual

91

Glove com partm entTo open, pull hand le upwards.

At the front of the opened cover there is a p en holder.

Cooled glove compartment 3 – see page 139.

Stow age compartment in the roof lining 3 To op en, press the point indic ated.

The maximum permitted load on the stowage compa rtm ent is 0.4 kg.

The stowage compartment m ust be closed whilst driving.

Stowage compartments in the luggage compartmentTo acc ess p ress d ow n bar and open the cover.

Warning triangle ¨ 3 and first-aid kit + 3 stowage – see page 204.

S towing the spare w heel – see page 205.

Jack and vehicle tools stowage – see page 208.

6

Page 94: Vectra Manual

92

Estates have an a dditional stowage compartment in the luggage com partment floor.

To open, pull the release lever and open the flap.

When op ening, ensure that the flap opens at the seam so that the entire floor cover is not raised .

Drink holders , front 3 The drink hold ers can be found between the front seats in the centre c onsole: slide cover open.

Page 95: Vectra Manual

93

Drinks holders , rear 3 The d rinks holder can be found b eneath the centre seat: pressing front ed ge moves drink holder out.

Sun visorsUse the sun visor to protect from glare by pulling it down and swivelling it to the side.

Page 96: Vectra Manual

94

Safety systems Three-stage restraint systemComprising:

z three-point seat belts,

z belt tensioners at the front seats and the rea r outer seats,

z airbag systems for driver, front passenger and outer rea r seats 3.

The three stag es are a ctivated in sequence depending on the seriousness of the accident:

z The automa tic seat belt locking devices prevent the belt strap from being pulled out and thus ensure that the vehicle occupants are retained in their seats.

z The front seat b elt buckles and outer rea r seats are pulled downwards. As a result, the seat belts are instanta neously tightened and the occupants are mad e aware of the deceleration of the vehicle at a very ea rly sta ge. This reduc es the stress p laced on the body.

z The airbag systems a re also triggered in the event of serious accidents and form a safety cushion for the occupants. Depending on the severity of the accident, the front a irb ags inflate in two stages.

Be sure to rea d the a ccompanying desc ription of the child restraint system !

The airbag systems serve to supp lement the three-point seat belts and belt tensioners. The seat belts must therefore always be worn. Disregard of these instructions may lea d to injuries or endanger life. Vehicle p assengers should be informed accordingly.

Page 97: Vectra Manual

95

Seat belts In the event of an accident, persons not wearing sea t belts enda ng er their fellow oc cup ants and themselves.

Warning light X for the seat belt – see page 35.

Sea t belts are desig ned to be used by only one person at a time. They are not suitable for a nyone under 12 years of age or 150 cm.

For children up to 12 years of age we recommend the Vauxhall child restraint system – see page 110.

Three-point seat beltsThe vehicle is equipped with three-point seat belts with automatic retrac tors and locking d evices, allowing freedom of body movement although the spring-tensioned belts always ensure a snug fit. For seat position – see pages 69, 99.

The belt has a "vehicle sensitive retra ctor" which is designed to lock during hea vy acc eleration or deceleration in any direction.

Alwa ys wea r your seat belt, and that means also in urb an traffic and when you are a rear seat passenger. It can save your life!

Pregnant women m ust alwa ys wear a seat belt – see page 98.

Page 98: Vectra Manual

96

Belt tens ionersThe front seat belt and outer rear seat systems are equipped with b elt tensioners. If a head-on or tail-end collision of a certa in severity occurs, the belt buckles are pulled downward and the shoulder and lap belts are tightened in an instant.

Actuation of belt tensionersis indicated by illum ina tion of control indica tor v, see next p age.

The belt tensioners must be replaced after activation. We recommend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

If the seat belts are unda maged the op eration thereof is unaffected, even if the belt tensioners have been triggered.

Further inform ation – see page 99.

Control indic ator v for belt tensionersThe belt tensioners are monitored electronically together with the a irb ag systems and their operational rea diness is indicated on the instrument panel by control ind icator v . When the ignition is switched on, the c ontrol indicator lights up for approx. 4 seconds. If it does not light up, does not go off after 4 seconds, or lights up while d riv ing, there is fault in the belt tensioner system or the a irb ag system s – see page 105. The belt tensioners or airbag systems may fail to trigger in the event of an a ccident.

Page 99: Vectra Manual

97

The system ’s integrated self-diagnostics allows faults to be quickly remedied. have Ca r Pass on hand when consulting a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

The c ontrol indicators can also be located in the tac hometer d isplay dial – see page 37.

Imp or tant

z Accessories and other objects must not be affixed or placed within the action zone of the belt tensioners a s this may result in injury if the belt tensioners are triggered.

z Do not make any modifications to the components of the belt tensioners, as this will render the vehicle unroad-worthy.

z The belt tensioner and airbag system control electronics can be found in the centre console area. In order to avoid malfunctions, do not store mag netic objects in this a rea.

z We recom mend that you have the front seats removed by a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

z The belt tensioners only actuate once. Please replace belt tensioners that have been triggered. We recom mend tha t you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

z Applicable safety directives must always be ob served when disposing of the vehicle. For this reason, d isposal should be performed by an authorised recycling company. We recommend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

Have the cause of the fault remedied . We recom mend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Rep airer.

Imp roper handling (e.g. removal or installation) can activate the belt tensioners – risk of injury .

Page 100: Vectra Manual

98

Using the belts Fitting seat bel ts Pull the belt out of the retractor and guide it across the body, making certain that it is not twisted.

Insert the la tch plate into the buckle. The front sea t b ackrest must not be tilted back too far or the seat belt will not op erate properly . The recommended angle of inclina tion is 25° . Make sure that the lap belt is not twisted and that it fits snugly across the body. Tension the belt frequently while d riv ing by tugging the diagonal pa rt of the belt.

Bulky clothing prevents the belt from fitting prop erly. The belt must not rest against ha rd or fragile objects in the pockets of your clothing (e.g. ballpoint pens, keys, spectacles) because these could cause injury. Do not place any objec ts (e.g. ha ndb ags, mobile phones) b etween the belt and your body.

Height adjustm entof seat belt upper anchora ge p oint:

1. Pull b elt out slig htly.

2. Front seat b elts: Press button down or slide belt guide up.Rear seat belts: Press belt guide and slide it upwards or downwards.

3. Set desired height.

4. Allow anchorage to lock aud ibly into position.

Do not adjust height while driving .

On pregnant women in particular, the lap belt must be positioned as low as possible ac ross the pelv is so as not to put too much pressure on the abdomen.

Page 101: Vectra Manual

99

Adjust height such that the belt p asses over the wearer’s shoulder and rests against the shoulder. It must not pass over the neck or upper arm.

Rem oving the b el tTo remove the belt, d epress the red pushbutton on the buckle; the b elt will retract automatically.

Three-point seat b el t on centre rear sea tThe belt can only be pulled out of the retractor if the ba ck seat rests are engaged in their retainers – see page 82.

Testing the beltsPlea se check all parts of the b elt system occasionally for dama ge a nd correct operation. H ave da maged parts replaced . In ca se of an accident, please replace overstretc hed belts and triggered belt tensioners. We recommend consulting a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

Do not perform any altera tions on the belts, their anchorages, the automatic retrac tors or the belt buck les.

Make sure that b elts are not da maged or trapped by sharp-edged objec ts.

Page 102: Vectra Manual

100

Vauxhall Full-Size airbag systemFront airb agThe front airbag system is identified by the word AIRBAG on the steering wheel and above the glove c om partment.

The front airbag system comprises:

z an airbag with inflator in the steering wheel and a second one in the instrum ent panel,

z the control elec tronics with impact sensor,

z the a irb ag system s control indicator v in the instrument panel,

z seat occupancy recognition 3 ,

z the control indica tor for Vauxhall child restraint systems y with transponders 3 in the instrument panel.

The front airb ag system will be trigg ered :

z depending on the severity of the accident,

z depending on the type of impact,

z within the range shown in the figure,

z indep endent of side airbag a nd curta in airbag system 3.

Exception: Passenger sea t with seat occupancy recognition system 3 . The seat occupancy recognition system deactiva tes the passenger front and side airbags if the passenger seat is unoccupied or a Vauxhall child restraint system with transponders 3 has been fitted to the passenger seat. Seat occupa ncy recognition – see page 105. Vauxhall child restraint system w ith transponders 3 – see page 110.

Examples of events triggering the front airbag system:

z Impact against a non-y ielding obstacle: the front airbags are trigg ered at low vehicle speed.

z Impact against a yield ing obstacle(such as another vehicle): the front airbags are only triggered at a hig her vehicle speed.

Page 103: Vectra Manual

101

When trigg ered , the front airbags inflate in milliseconds to form a safety cushion for the d river and front passenger. The forward movement of the front seat occupants is c hecked, thereby sub stantially reducing the risk of injury to the upp er body and hea d.

No im pairment of view will occur, because the a irb ags inflate and deflate so quickly .

The front airbag system will not be triggered in the event of:z the ignition being switched off,z minor frontal collisions,z accidents in which the vehicle overturns,z collisions involving a sid e or rear impac t,that is to say, if it w ould not be of benefit to the oc cup ants.

The front airbag system provides optimum p rotection when the seat, back rest and head restra int are correctly adjusted: Adjust the driver’s seat according to the occupant’s height such that with the driver sitting upright the steering wheel is held in the a rea of its upper sp okes with the d river’s arms slightly bent. The front passenger’s sea t should b e as far b ack as possible, w ith the back rest upright – see pa ges 5, 6, 69. Do not place the head, b od y, hands or feet on the covers of the airbag systems.

Do not place any objects in the area in which the airb ags inflate. Im portant inform ation – see page 107.

The three-point seat belt must be correctly fitted – see page 98.

Page 104: Vectra Manual

102

In addition, the front airb ag system will not be triggered for the front passenger in versions with seat occupancy recognition 3 if:

z the front passenger’s seat is unoccupied,

z there is a prop erly fitted Va uxha ll child restraint system with transponders 3 . Seat oc cup ancy recognition – see page 105. Vauxhall child restraint system with transponders 3 – see pa ge 110.

Side airb ag 3 The side a irb ag system is identified by the word AIRBAG on the outb oa rd sides of the front seat backrests.

The side a irb ag system c om prises:

z an airbag with infla tor in the back of the driver’s and front passenger’s seat respectively ,

z the control electronics,

z the side impact sensors,

z the airbag systems control ind icator v in the instrum ent panel,

z seat occ upa ncy rec og nition 3,

z the control indicator for Va uxha ll child restraint systems y with transponders 3 in the instrum ent panel.

The side airbag system will be triggered:

z depending on severity of the a ccident,

z depending on the type of im pact,

z within the range shown in the figure on the centre door pillar of the driver’s or front passenger side,

z ind epend ently of the front airbag system.

Exception: Passenger sea t with seat occupancy recognition system 3. Seat occupancy recognition system deactiva tes the passenger front and side airbags if the passenger seat is unoccupied or a Vauxhall child restraint system with transponders 3 has been fitted to the passenger seat. Seat occupa ncy recognition – see page 105. Vauxhall child restraint system with transponders 3 – see pag e 110.

Seat belts must therefore always be worn. The front airbag system serves to supplement the three-point seat belts. If you d o not wear your seat belt you risk being seriously injured, or even thrown from the vehic le, in the event of an accident.

In the event of an accident the belt helps to keep you in the correct seating position, so that the front airb ag system can provide you with effective protection.

Page 105: Vectra Manual

103

When the side a irb ag is triggered it inflates within milliseconds and provides a safety barrier for the driver and/or pa ssenger in the v icinity of the relevant front door. This red uces the risk of injury to the upper body considerably in case of a side impact.

The side airba gs will not be triggered in the event of

z the ig nition being sw itched off,

z fronta l collisions,

z accidents in which the vehicle overturns,

z collisions involving a rear impac t,

z collisions involving a side imp act outside the passenger cell.

In addition, the side airbag system w ill not be triggered for the front passenger in versions with seat occupa ncy recognition 3 if

z the front p assenger’s sea t is unoccupied,

z there is a properly fitted Vauxhall child restraint system with transpond ers 3. Seat occupancy recognition – see page 105. Vauxhall child restraint system w ith transp onders 3 – see p age 110.

Cur tain ai rbag 3 The curtain a irba g system is identified by the word AIRBAG on the roof pillar trim.

The curtain a irba g system com prises

z an airbag w ith inflator in the roof frame on the d river’s and front passenger’s side respectively,

z the control electronics,

z the side im pact sensors,

z the airbag systems control indicator v in the instrument panel.

There must be no objects in the area in which the airb ag inflates or in the a rea between the seat backs and the vehicle body. Do not place the hands or arms on the covers of the airba g systems. Imp ortant information – see page 107.

The three-p oint seat b elt m ust always b e correctly fitted – see page 98.

Page 106: Vectra Manual

104

The curtain airbag system will be trigg ered

z depending on the severity of the accident,

z depending on the typ e of impa ct,

z within the rang e shown in the figure on the centre door pillar of the d river’s or front passenger side,

z together with the side airbag system,

z irrespective of seat occupancy recognition,

z independently of the front airbag system .

When the curtain airbag is triggered it inflates w ithin milliseconds and provides a safety barrier in the hea d area on the respective side of the vehicle. This reduces the risk of injury to the head considerably in case of a side impact.

The curtain airbags will not b e triggered in the event of

z the ignition being switched off,

z frontal collisions,

z accidents in which the vehicle overturns,

z collisions involving a rear impact,

z collisions involving a side impact outside the passenger cell.

There m ust be no objec ts in the area in which the airbag inflates. Do not place the hands or arms on the covers of the airbag systems. Important information – see page 107.

The three-point seat belt must always be correctly fitted – see pag e 98.

Page 107: Vectra Manual

105

Control indica tor v for airb ag systemsThe front airbag system , the side airbag system 3 and the curtain airbag system 3 are monitored electronically together with seat occupancy recognition 3 and the belt tensioners. Their opera tional readiness is shown b y control ind icator v in the instrument panel. When the ignition is switched on, the control indic ator lights up for approx. 4 seconds. If it does not light up, d oes not go out after 4 seconds or lights up while driving, there is a fault in the airbag systems, seat occupancy recognition 3 or the belt tensioners – see page 96. The system s m ay fail to trigg er in the event of an accident.

The system’s integ ra ted self-diagnostics allow s faults to be quickly remedied. have Car Pass on ha nd when consulting a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

The control indica tors can a lso be located in the tachometer display dial – see page 37.

Seat occupancy recognition 3The seat occupancy recognition system deactivates the front a nd side airbag s for the front passenger if the front passenger seat is not occupied or a Vauxhall child restraint system w ith transponders 3 is fitted on the front passenger seat. The curtain airb ag system 3 remains activated .

The control indicator for seat occupancy recognition is located in the instrument panel. If this control indicator lights up for app rox . 4 seconds after the ignition is switched on, the vehicle is equip ped with seat oc cup anc y recog nition – see next pag e, Fig. 13068 J .

If a Vauxha ll child restraint system with transponders 3 is installed, this warning light remains on after the ignition has been switched on a s soon as the system ha s detected the seat. Only then can the child restraint system be used on the pa ssenger seat.

Have the cause of the fa ult remedied. We recommend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised R epairer.

Page 108: Vectra Manual

106

Vehicles with seat oc cup anc y recog nition can be identified by the sticker on the side of the instrum ent panel, which is visib le when the driver’s door is open.

Vauxhall child restraint system s w ith trans-ponders 3 are a utomatica lly detected if correctly fitted to the front pa ssenger sea t. When these child restraint system s are being used on the front passenger seat, the front a nd side airbag systems for the front passenger seat are deac tivated. The curtain airbag system rema ins activa ted. Pay attention to seat occupancy recognition 3 c ontrol indicator – see page 106.

Vauxhall c hild restraint system s w ith tra nsponders 3 are identified by a sticker.

Control ind icator y for Vauxhal l child restra int systems w ith transponders 3 The presenc e of a Vauxhall c hild restraint system with transponders 3 is ind ic ated after the ig nition has been switched on by permanent illum ination of the c ontrol indica tor y in the instrument panel, as soon as the sea t occupancy recognition system has detected the child restraint system.

If the control indicator d oes not illuminate whilst driving, the front and side airbag have not been deactivated on the passenger side. Risk of fatal injury to the child – fit child restraint system to rear seat. Have c ause of fault remedied. We recommend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repa irer.

If a child restraint system is incorrectly fitted or the transp onders are faulty the control indicator will flash. Chec k that child restraint system has been fitted correctly. Fitting child restraint system with transponders 3 – see p age 110.

Only Vauxhall child restraint systems with tra nsponders 3 can be fitted on the front passenger seats. Use of systems without tra nsponders poses a risk of fatal injury.

Page 109: Vectra Manual

107

If the control indicator does not illuminate with a c orrectly insta lled child restraint system there is a fault - risk of fatal injury to the c hild. Fit child restra int system to rear seat. Have cause of fault rem edied. We recom mend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

If no Vauxhall child restraint system with transponders 3 is installed the control indicator must neither illuminate nor flash, since the passenger side airb ag systems would not actuate. have cause of fault rem edied. We recommend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repa irer.

Imp or tant

z Accessories and other objects must not be affixed or placed in the area in w hich the airb ags inflate as they could cause injury if the a irba gs are triggered.

z Do not place any objects between the airbag systems and the vehicle occupants – risk of injury .

z Use the hooks in the roof fram e only to hang up light articles of clothing or coat hangers. Do not p la ce any objects in the pockets of the hanging item s – risk of injury .

z The airb ag systems and b elt tensioner control electronics can be found in the centre console area . In order to avoid malfunctions, d o not store magnetic objec ts in this area.

z Do not stic k anything on the steering wheel, instrum ent panel, front seat back rests or roof frame in the v icinity of the airb ags, or on the front passenger’s seat cushion, or cover any of those areas with other m aterials.

z Use only a dry cloth or interior cleaner to clean the steering wheel, instrument panel, front seat back rests, roof frame and sea t cushion of the front passeng er seat. Do not use any aggressive cleaning agents.

z Only protective covers which are approved for your vehicle with side airbag m ay be fitted on the front seats. When fitting the protective covers, make sure tha t the airbag units on the outboard sides of the front seat backrests are not covered.

z The airbag systems are triggered ind epend ently of each other based on the severity of the ac cident and the type of impa ct. The side airbag system 3 and the curtain airbag system 3 a re trig gered together.

z Each airbag can be triggered only once. Once triggered, an airb ag must be replaced without delay . We recommend tha t you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

z The speeds, directions of movement and deformation properties of the vehic les, and the p roperties of the obstacle conc erned, determ ine the severity of the accident and triggering of the airbags. The degree of dama ge to your vehicle and the resulting repair costs alone are not indica tive that the criteria for trig gering of the airb ags were met.

6

If the Vauxhall child restraint system with transponders 3 has been fitted according to the instructions, the control indica tor for Vauxhall restraint systems with transponders must light up in the instrum ent panel when the ignition is switched on.

If the control ind icator does not illuminate whilst d riv ing, the airba g system s have not been d eactivated on the p assenger side. R isk of fatal injury . In this c ase, fit child restraint system to rea r seat. Have c ause of fault remedied. We recommend tha t you c onsult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

Page 110: Vectra Manual

108

z Do not p erform any a lterations on the com ponents of the airbag system, as this would render the vehicle unroa d-worthy .

z We recom mend hav ing the steering wheel, the instrument p anel, all panelling parts, the door seals, the hand les and the seats rem oved by a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

z When disposing of the vehicle, please ob serve the applicab le safety regulations. Please have the vehicle disposed of by a disposal compa ny. We recommend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

z Persons weighing less than 35 kg should only travel on the rear seats. This does not apply to children who are travelling in child restraint systems with transp onders 3.

z In vehicles with seat occ upa ncy rec og nition 3, do not place any heavy objec ts on the front passenger’s seat otherwise the airbag system s for the front p assenger’s seat may b e triggered in the event of an accident.

z In vehicles with seat occ upa ncy rec og nition 3, to prevent malfunctions do not use protective covers or seat cushions on the front passeng er’s seat.

z When using a Vauxhall child restraint system with transponders 3 on the front passenger’s seat, in order to prevent malfunctions, no objects (e.g. plastic sheet, stickers or heated mats) may be placed under the child restraint system.

Use of child restra int systems 3 on the front p assenger seat in vehic les w ith ai rbag system s 3, but without seat occup ancy recog nition 3

The systems can be triggered ab ruptly and cause injury if they are handled im properly.

Child restraint system s a s well as other hea vy objects must never be ca rried on the lap of passengers; risk of fatal injury . If ca rried in this way, child restraint systems with transp onders 3 in vehicles with seat occupancy recog nition 3 could lead to front passenger airbag systems not being trig gered in the event of a n accident.

Vehic les with passenger airba g and no side airbag 3: child seats facing the rea r of the vehicle m ust not be fitted to the passeng er seat, risk of fatal injury . Child seats fac ing the front (child safety seats for weight ranges I, I I and I II – see following pa ges) are permitted on the passeng er seat, providing that it is pushed back as fa r as possible and the backrest has been ad justed so that the lap belt fits snugly.

Page 111: Vectra Manual

109

A vehicle w ith front passenger a irba g can be identified by the word AIRBAG above the g love com partment and by the sticker on the pa ssenger sid e sun visor – see Fig. 12863 J. On some vehicles1) the warning sticker is loc ated on the side of the instrument panel – see Fig. 11704 A.

A vehicle with side a irba gs can be identified b y the word AIRBAG on the outboard sides of the front seat backrests.

Sea t occupancy recognition 3 – see p age 105.

Use of child restra int systems 3 on fr ont pa ssenger sea t in vehicles wi th airba g systems 3 and wi th sea t occupa nc y recognit ion 3

1) Co untry-specific versio n.

Vehicles with side airbag 3 : No c hild restraint system 3 may be fitted on the front passenger’s seat; risk of fatal injury .

Only Vauxhall child restraint systems with transpond ers 3 ca n be fitted on the front passenger seats. Use of systems without transponders poses a risk of fatal injury.

Page 112: Vectra Manual

110

Seat occupancy recognition in a vehicle is indicated by the control indica tor in the courtesy light. I f this control indicator lig hts for approx. 4 seconds when the ignition is switched on, it indica tes that the vehicle is equipp ed with seat occupancy rec ognition – see pa ge 105.

Seat occupancy recognition in a vehicle is also indicated by a sticker on the side of the instrum ent panel, visible when the driver’s door is open – see previous page, Fig. 12106 A.

The seat occupancy recognition system detects Vauxhall child restraint systems with transponders 3 and switches off the front a nd side airbag systems for the front passenger’s sea t. The curtain airbag system rem ains activated. Seat occ upa ncy recognition – see pa ge 105.

Vauxhall c hild restraint system s w ith tra nsponders 3 can be identified by the sticker on the child restraint system.

Child restraint systems 3 The Vauxhall c hild restraint system is designed specifically for your vehicle and thus provides op tim um safety for your child in the event of impact. If a different child safety seat is used, follow the ma nufacturers’ instructions for fitting and use.

Selecting the right systemYour child should be transported facing bac kwards in the car as long a s possible. It is appropriate to change the system when the child’s head can no longer be properly supported a t eye heig ht. The child’s cervical vertebrae are still very weak and in an ac cident they suffer less stress in the sem i-p rone backwards position than when sitting up right.

Page 113: Vectra Manual

111

Permissible options for fi tting a child safety sea t

Weightandage class

Fr ont passeng er seat Outer rea r seats Centre rear seat

0:up to 10 kgor approx.10 months

B1, + U+ U

0+: up to 13 kg or approx.2 years

B1, + U+ U

I: 9 to 18 kgor approx.8 months to 4 years

B2, + U+ U

II : 15 to 25 kgor approx.3 to 7 years

B2 U U

II I: 22 to 36 kgor approx.6 to 12 years

B2 U U

B1 = p rov id ed: only with seat occupancyrecognition and Vauxhall child safetysystems with transponders

B2 = p rov id ed: no side airbag, if the frontpassenger seat is slid all the wa y bac kand seat height 3 is set to its highestposition, or with seat occupancyrecognition and Vauxhall child safetysystems with transponders

U = universally suitable in conjunction withthree-point seat belt

+ = sea t with ISO-FIX m ounting ava ila ble;only child safety system s app roved forthe vehicle may be used

Page 114: Vectra Manual

112

Vauxha ll safety c radle wi thout tra nspond er From birth up to a weight of 10 kg.

Va uxhall sa fety crad le with t ranspondersFrom b irth up to a weig ht of 10 kg.

The transponders a re integ ra ted in the seat cushion.

Vauxhall Top S afe child safety seatw ith or wi thout ISO-FIX securing ,w ith transpondersFrom birth up to a w eight of 18 kg.

The tra nsponders are integrated in the seat console.

Com prising: 1 Child seat,2 Carrying c ra dle 3 ,3 Floor sup port 3,4 Seat belt 3,5 Safety supp ort.

Page 115: Vectra Manual

113

Vauxhall child safety seat without transponderFrom 9 kg1) to 36 kg.

Com prising: 1 Seat backrest,2 Safety support,3 Seat cushion.

Note

z Children under 12 years or under 150 cm tall should only travel in an appropriate child safety seat.

z When transporting children, use the child restraint systems suitable for the child’s weight.

z Ensure that the child restraint system is fitted correctly.

z The covers of the safety cradle and safety seat can be wiped clean.

z Do not stic k anything on the child restraint systems a nd do not cover them with any other materia ls.

z Only a llow the child to enter and exit on the side of the vehicle facing away from the road.

z A child restraint system which has been subjected to stress in an accident must be replaced.

z You should also ob serve the instructions on installa tion and use supplied with the child restraint system.

1) Use of th e s ys tem is n ot recomm ended fo r children weighing less than 11 kg.

Page 116: Vectra Manual

114

Exterior mirrorsFor the safety of pedestrians, the exterior mirrors will swing out of their normal mounting p osition if they are bumped with sufficient force. Reposition the m irror by apply ing slight pressure to the mirror housing.

Aspherical exterior mirror 3 increases the fie ld of view. Estim ating the distance aw ay of vehicles follow ing you is only possible to a limited extent because of slig ht distortion.

Automatic anti-daz zle interiormirror 3 and exterior mirror 3 on the driver’s sideDazzle at night is automa tic ally red uc ed.

For vehicles with position m emory for electrica lly operated front seats 3 the sensor is in the top right-hand side of the mirror.

The m irrors do not dip to prevent dazzle if:

z the ignition is switched off,

z reverse gear is engaged or selector lever set to R,

z the interior lights are on,

z a door is open.

Adjusting interior a nd exterior mirrors – see page 8.

Automatically regulated centre console lighting – see pa ge 118.

Page 117: Vectra Manual

115

Head restraintsDo not attach objec ts or com ponents that are not approved for your vehicle to the head restraints. These affec t the protective effect of the head restraints and can be propelled through the vehicle in an uncontrolled manner if the driver brakes hard or an a ccident occurs.

Safety accessories 3 The wide range of Vauxhall a ccessories allow s you to equip your vehicle in accordance with your own wishes. In addition to safety acc essories, items for improving comfort and a complete range of vehicle care products you will find many artic les which will be of great value to you when needed .

"Genuine Vauxhall Parts and Accessories" guarantee high qua lity a nd an accurate fit.

A Vauxhall Authorised Repairer w ill be ha ppy to ad vise you, for exam ple w ith regard to:z Vauxhall child restraint systems,z Tow ropes,z Tow rods,z Jump lead s,z Sp are bulb kit,z Sp are fuse kit,z Halogen fog lights,z Mudflaps,z Magnetic light,z Warning tria ngle,z First-aid k it,z First-aid k it (cushion).

Page 118: Vectra Manual

116

Lighting

Exterior lightsTurn light switch:

7 = Off8 = Parking lights9 = Dipp ed or m ain beam

Dip ped beam , main b eam and head lig htflash – see p ages 16, 17.

In positions 8 a nd 9, the tail lights and numb er plate lights are also lit.

Vehicles with daytime running lig hts 3: With the ignition on and the light switch on 7, d ip ped beam without instrum ent illumination is on.

Driv ing abroad – see page 119.

Turn signal lights, hazard warning lights , parking lights,door-to-door lightingsee p ages 16, 17.

Front fog lights > 3 On = Press >Off = Press > again

or switch ignition off

Control indicator > in instrument panel.

Fog tail light r On = Press r Off = Press r again

or switch ignition off

Control indicator r in instrument panel.

The fog tail lights on the vehicle are deactivated when towing a caravan / trailer.

Page 119: Vectra Manual

117

Instrument il lum ination k,Inform ation display illum ination Brightness c an be adjusted when the exterior lights are on: Push to release the knob and then turn it cloc kwise or anticlockwise and hold until the desired brightness is obtained.

Headlight range adjustm ent ? Manual hea dlight range adjustm ent 3 With dipped bea m switched on, adjust head lig ht range in four steps to suit vehicle load. Turn wheel aga inst resistanc e and click it to the req uired position.

Correct adjustment of the headlight range red uces dazzle for other road users.

Autom atic Level Control System – see page 179.

Vehicles without headlight range adjustment z Front sea ts occupied = 0

z All seats occupied = 1

z All seats occupied andluggage compa rtm ent = 2

z Driver’s seat occupied andluggage compa rtm ent = 3

Vehicles with headlight range adjustm ent z Front sea ts occupied = 0

z All seats occupied = 0

z All seats occupied andluggage compa rtm ent load = 0

z Driver’s seat occupied andluggage compa rtm ent load = 1

Autom atic headlight range adjustm ent 3Controls the hea dlight rang e in vehicles with xenon headlight systems. If the control indicator q illum ina tes in the tachometer dial display whilst driv ing , a fault has occurred. Have cause of fault remed ied imm ediately. We recomm end that you consult a Vauxha ll Authorised Repairer.

Page 120: Vectra Manual

118

Adaptive Forward Lighting (AFL) 3On vehicles w ith Bi-Xenon headlights, improves illumination of

z curves (curve lighting),z intersections and tight turns (turn

lig hting).

Curve lightingThe Xenon light beam p ivots b ased on steering wheel position and speed (from approx. 6 mph / 10 km/h).

The headlights shine a t an angle of up to 15° to the right or left of the direction of travel.

Turn light ingAn a dditional light is switched on based on steering wheel position (when turned p ast approx. 90°), turn signal use and speed (up to approx. 25 mph / 40 km /h).

The light shines at an angle from approx. 90° to the left or right of the vehicle up to a distance of ap prox . 30 metres.

Reversing lightsCom e on when reverse gear is engaged and ignition is switched on.

Front courtesy lightWhen the door is c losed , the courtesy light switches off after a slight delay .

Courtesy light when doors are closed:

On = Press button bOff = Press button b again

The courtesy light can b e deactivated 3 using button c.

Automatically regulated centre console lighting 3 Spotlight in housing of interior mirror.

Daylight-dependent, automa tic ally regulated centre console lig hting with ignition switched on.

Front reading lights 3 Reading lights at left and right indiv idually operable. With ignition turned on:

On = Press button aOff = Press button a again

Page 121: Vectra Manual

119

Courtesy lights and rear reading lights 3On = Switch setting 1

Light comes onwhen a dooris opened = Centre switch setting

Off = Switch setting 0

Glove compartment lightingGlove compartm ent is illuminated when lid is open and ignition on.

Il lum inated m irror in the sun visors 3The lighting sw itches on when the cover is op ened .

Cigarette lighter and ashtray illum ination 3 Lights up when ignition is switched on.

Luggage com partm ent lighting 3 Comes on when the boot lid / tailgate is op ened .

Safeguarding the batteryTo prevent the ba ttery from b ecoming discharged, the courtesy light, reading lig hts, luggag e com partment lighting and glove com partment lighting switch off autom atic ally 20 minutes after the ignition is switched off.

Headlights when driving abroadThe asymm etrical dipped b eam increases the field of v ision on the p assenger sid e of the lane.

This c auses glare for oncoming tra ffic if the vehicle is driven in countries where traffic drives on the opp osite side of the road.

Do as follows to prevent glare:

Vehicles without Ad aptive Forwa rd Lighting (AFL) 3Place covers on both hea dlights. We recommend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repa irer.

Vehicles withAd aptive Forwa rd Lighting (AFL) 31. Open and remove the cover of the

fuseb ox in the engine comp artm ent – see page 216.

2. Fit fuse (ma xi-fuse) 3 (with designation "Transport") in slot 38. Fuse positions – see page 214.

3. Switch on ignition.

After the conversion, the AFL control indicator lights for 4 second s each time the ignition is switched on.

Control indicator – see pa ge 36.

Page 122: Vectra Manual

120

Windows, sun roof Electric windows 3 The electric windows can be used

z with ignition on,

z within 10 m inutes of switching ignition off,

z within 10 m inutes of opening or closing the driver’s door,

z within 10 m inutes of inserting or rem oving the ignition key.

Readiness for operation stops when the vehicle is locked.

Two rocker buttons. Operation via 2 rocker buttons in the driver’s door. Additional rocker buttons located in the front passenger door and the rear doors 3.

To operate window in stages, tap switch. For autom atic opening or closing, keep switch pressed for slightly longer; to stop window m ovement, tap switch ag ain.

Care must b e taken when operating the electric windows 3 and electric sun roof 3 . There is a risk of injury, particularly for children, and a danger that articles could become trapped.

Vehicle passengers should be informed according ly .

If there are children on the rea r seat, switch on the child safety system 3 for the electric windows.

Keep a close wa tch on the windows and sun roof w hen closing them . Ensure that nothing becomes trapped in them as they m ove.

Page 123: Vectra Manual

121

Vehicles with rea r 3 e lectric windows have a slide switch b etween the switches in the driver’s door:

z Up: The front windows can be opera ted using the b uttons,

z Down: The rear windows can be op erated using the buttons.

Protective func tionIf the window glass encounters resistance above the middle of the window during automatic closing , it is immediately stop ped and the window op ened again.

If the windows do not move easily (e.g. on account of frost), keep pressing the switc h for the window in question until the window has been closed in stages.

Child sa fety system for r ear window s 3 Switch z in the driver’s door

z Press (switch z lit red): Buttons in the rea r doors inopera ble.

z Press again (switch z no longer lit red): Buttons in the rear doors operab le.

Autom atic closing 3If the rain sensor 3 detects water with the mechanical anti-theft locking system activa ted, all electronic wind ow s a re closed. The windows are also automatically closed after four hours.

Interr up tion of pow er supp lyAutomatic opening and closing of the windows is not possible after interruption of the power supply or a drop in battery voltage. Ac tivate the w indow electronics as follows:

1. Close doors.

2. Switch on ignition.

3. Open windows completely.

4. Close window and press on button for at least 3 seconds.

5. Repeat for ea ch window.

Page 124: Vectra Manual

122

Oper ating w indows from outsideThe w indows can be opened and closed using the radio frequency remote control.

To open:Press button q until windows are open– or –Hold key in driver’s door lock in the door locking position until windows are open.

To close:Press button p until windows are closed– or –Hold key in driver’s door lock in the door lock ing position until wind ow s a re closed.

Overloa dIf the system is overloaded, the power supply is automa tic ally cut off for a short tim e.

The system is protected b y fuses in the fusebox – see pag e 212.

Rear windowsCan be operated using the window winder 3.

Page 125: Vectra Manual

123

Sun roof 3The electric sun roof can be operated

z with ig nition on,

z within 10 minutes of switching ignition off,

z within 10 minutes of opening or closing the driver’s door,

z within 10 minutes of inserting or removing the ignition key.

Readiness for operation stops when the vehic le is locked.

Operated using the rotary switch b etween the sun v isors.

To op en:Turn the rotary switc h to any position between d and ü . The sun roof will autom atic ally m ove to the d esired position. When the switch is in position ü, the sun roof is fully opened.

Comfort positionSet rotary sw itc h to position f. With the roof in this position, wind noise is reduced.

To close:Turn rotary switch to d.

To raiseTurn the rotary switch to any position between d and e. The sun roof will automatically move to the desired position. When the switch is in position e, the sun roof is fully raised.

To low erTurn rota ry switch to d.

Position m em oryAfter the ig nition has b een switc hed on, the sun roof ca n be a utomatica lly returned to its last position by briefly p ressing the rotary switch.

Page 126: Vectra Manual

124

Protective func tionIf the sun roof encounters resistance during automatic closing , it is immediately stop ped and opened again, a s long as the vehic le is stationary.

If the sun roof movement is stiff, e.g. due to frost, turn rotary switch to d and keep it pressed until the sun roof is closed.

Autom atic c losing 3If the rain sensor 3 detects water w ith the mechanic al anti-theft locking system activated, the sun roof is closed. The sun roof is also automatically closed after four hours.

Sun shadeThe sun shad e can be opened and closed with the sun roof either closed or raised.

When the sun roof is opened, the sun shad e is also op ened.

Closing sun roof from outsideClosing sun roof using radio frequency remote control: press p button and hold until sun roof is closed,– or –Turn key in d river’s side door lock to rear and hold until sun roof has closed.

If the windows are to be closed from outside the vehicle, but the sun roof is to be left open, briefly press the rotary switch before switching off the ignition.

Interr up tion of pow er supp lyAfter interruption of the power supply or a drop in battery voltage the desired sun roof position is no longer set a utoma tica lly . The electronics of the sun roof must be reprog ra mmed as follows:

1. Switch on ignition.

2. Press the rota ry switch until the sun roof is shut, then keep it pressed for at lea st a further 3 seconds.

3. Turn rotary switch to ü and keep it depressed until the sun roof is open.

4. Turn rotary switch to d and keep it depressed until the sun roof is closed.

5. Turn rotary switch to e a nd leave there until the sun roof is fully extended.

6. Turn rotary switch to d and keep it depressed until the sun roof is closed.

OverloadIf the system is overload ed, the power supply is automatically cut off for a short time.

If, when the vehicle is being driven, the sun roof encounters resistance during automa tic closing, because of the higher closing forces involved the p rotective function cannot be g uara nteed, and there is a risk of injury.

Page 127: Vectra Manual

125

Fault If the electric drive fails, the system is protected by a fuse in the fuseb ox - see page 212. Until the fault is remed ied, opera te the sun roof as follows:

Disengage drive cover with a screwdriver and remove. Take Allen key from drive cover, insert in sun roof d rive and turn until sun roof is closed.

Roller blinds at rear side windows 3Pull the blind upwards using the grip and engage it at the top in the d oor frame.

Electrically operated rear window blind 3 Reduces intensity of sunlight shining on to rear seats. Operational with ignition switched on.

To raise = Press N To lower = Press N again

Do not opera te blind if there are objects lying in front of the rear window.

Page 128: Vectra Manual

126

Climate control

Dep ending on how the vehicle is equipped , the c lim ate w ill be controlled by a heating and ventilation system with optiona l air conditioning system 3 or by an electronic air conditioning system 3.

Heating and ventilation system with optional air conditioning system 3 Ventilation, heating and cooling 3 a re combined into one unit that is d esigned to prov ide com fort regardless of the season, weather or outside temperature.

When cooling 3 is activated, the air is cooled and dried.

The heating unit heats the air a s required in all operating m od es depending on the position of the temperature switch. The air supply can be adjusted to suit requirements by means of the fan.

The version without air conditioningsystem 3 d oes not have b uttons forcooling n, air rec irculation 4 or demisting and defrosting V.

Electronic air conditioning system 3 The electronic air conditioning system provides maxim um comfort under any weather conditions, at any outside temperature and at a ll tim es of the year.

To ensure a constant and com fortable climate in the vehicle, the temperature of the inflowing air, the air-flow rate and the air distribution are changed a utomatically acc ording to clim atic conditions outside the vehicle.

Settings are shown on the inform ation display.

Electronic air conditioning system – see pag e 134.

Page 129: Vectra Manual

127

Heater controlsLeft -hand rota ry switch: Air d istributionL to head area ab ove ad justable

air vents and to footwell

M to headroom via adjustableair vents

l to the windscreen andfront door windows

J to the windscreen, front d oorwind ow s to footwell

K to footwell

Open the air vents when the switch is set to L or M.

Centre rotary switch: Tem peraturered z one = warmblue zone = cold

Rig ht-hand rotary swi tch: Air flowFour fan speeds: x Off 4 Maximum air flow

The ra te of air flow is determined by the fan. The fan should therefore also be switched on d uring a journey .

Page 130: Vectra Manual

128

Heated rear window,heated exterior mirrors 3 Operation with ignition switched on:

On = Press ÜOff = Press Ü again

Control indicator in pushbutton.

Heating operational only with engine running.

The heating is switched off autom atically after approx. 15 minutes.

Air conditioning system 3 Cooling n Button n is used to a ctivate the cooling system (cooling compressor) in the air conditioning system (control indicator). The cooling system (cooling c om pressor) is only operational when the engine is running.

When the c ooling unit (cooling comp ressor) is on, the air is cooled and dehumidified. Switch off the cooling to conserve fuel whenever cooling or drying is not req uired.

At low outside temp eratures the c ooling unit (cooling compressor) switches off autom atic ally.

Air rec irculation system 4 Air recirc ulation button 4 is used to switch the air conditioning system to a ir recirc ulation mode (control indica tor).

If fumes or unpleasa nt od ours penetrate from outside: temporarily switch on air recirc ulation system 4 .

The air recirculation system minimises the entry of outside air. The humidity increa ses, and the w indows can mist up. The quality of the pa ssenger com partment air d eteriorates w hich m ay ca use the vehicle occupants to feel drowsy.

Air distribution to l: air rec irculation system is a utomatically switched off to speed up d emisting of windows.

Page 131: Vectra Manual

129

Centre and side air vents (1)Pleasant ventilation to the head area controlled by the position of the tem perature switch.

To open air vents: Turn vertica l adjuster wheel upwards. The air flow can be direc ted a s desired by adjusting the horiz ontal and vertical adjustm ent wheels.

To close the vents turn the adjustment wheel fully downwards.

To increase the air supply , set the fan to a higher sp eed and set the air distribution switch to M.

Windscreen defroster nozzles (2 )Air distribution switch to l or J: a ir flows onto windscreen and side wind ow s.

Additional ventsLocated in front of the wind screen, in front of the door windows and in the footwells.

Rear air vents 3 The air flow can be adjusted using the adjuster wheel. Turn adjuster wheel upwards: Vents will be fully opened.

To close the vents turn the vertical adjustment wheel fully d ow nwa rd s.

The air flow can be directed as desired by tilting and swivelling the slats.

To increase the air supply, set the fan to a higher speed and set the air distribution switch to M.

Page 132: Vectra Manual

130

Heated front seats 3 Two knurled wheels beneath the centre air vent for the left a nd right-hand seats.

Turn relevant wheel to set required heating level.

Control indica tor above adjustm ent wheel.

To switch off, set wheel to 0.

Heating only with ignition switched on.

Heated rear seats 3 Tw o pushbuttons at rear of centre c onsole in front of the rear seats.

After switching ignition on, press ß button again to heat outboard seats.

On = Press ßOff = Press ß again

Control indica tors in pushbuttons.

Driver’s seat with climate control 3 Knurled wheel at driver’s side below centre air vents.

Move knurled wheel to required ventilation or hea ting setting as per requirements.

Control ind icator ab ove adjustm ent wheel.

To switch off, set wheel to 0.

Function only available with ignition switched on.

Page 133: Vectra Manual

131

Ventilationz For maximum ventilation in head area:

set air distribution switch to M and open all vents.

z For ventila tion to footwell: set air distribution switch to K .

z For simultaneous ventilation to the hea d area and the footwell: set air distrib ution switch to L .

z Set the tem perature to the desired setting.

z Set the fan to the d esired setting.

HeatingThe amount of heat is dependent on the engine temperature and is thus not fully attained until the engine is warm.

For rapid warming of the p assenger compartment: z Set the air distribution sw itch to the

desired position – see page 127.

z Set the temperature switch in the red zone.

z Set the fan to speed 3.

The comfort and general well-b eing of the vehicle occupants a re to a large extent dependent on a suitable ventilation and heating setting.

To obtain a stratification of temperature in the vehicle with the pleasant effect "cool head a nd warm feet", set the air distribution switch to K or L and the temperature switch to the m id position, and open the centre air vents.

Heating the footwellz Set air distribution switch to K.

z Set the temperature switch in the red zone.

z Switch on fan.

Page 134: Vectra Manual

132

Window demisting and defrosting

z Move a ir distribution sw itch to l.

z Turn the temperature switch as far into the red zone as possib le.

z Set fan to 3 or 4.

z Open side air vents as required and direct them towards door windows.

z Switch on heated rea r window.

For simultaneous warming of the footwell, set air d istribution switch to J .

Operation of the system 3 Comfort sett ing

z Cooling n a s required.

z Air rec irculation system 4 off.

z Set air distribution switch to M or L.

z Tem perature switch: as required.

z Fan: as req uired.

z Open vents as required.

Temperature switch in centre of adjustment range: warmer air will flow into the footwell and cooler air into the upper zone, with warm er air coming from the side air vents and cooler air from the c entre vents.

Ma xim um coolingOpen w indows and sun roof 3 briefly so that warm air can esca pe rap idly.

z Cooling n on.

z Set air distribution switch to M.

z Turn the temp erature switch as far into the blue zone (cold) as possible.

z Set fa n to 4.

z Open all vents.

The system will switch automatically to recirc ulation mode.

Disreg ard of the settings described can cause the windows to become m isted up which c an lead to accidents due to lack of p roper vision.

Page 135: Vectra Manual

133

Window dem istingWind ow m isting because of wet weather or dam p clothing:

z Cooling n on.

z Press button V: The fan will automa tic ally switch to 4, air distribution directed on to the windscreen.

z Set temperature switch as per requirements.

To switch off, press button V again; the air conditioning will op erate a t the settings selected p reviously .

De-ic ing the wind ow sz Cooling n off,

z Press button V: The fan w ill automatically switch to 4, air distribution directed on to the windsc reen.

z Set temperature switch a s p er req uirements.

Operation with cooling (cooling compressor) is not possible at low outsid e temperatures.

To switch off, press button V aga in; the air c onditioning w ill operate at the settings selected previously.

Notesee page 143.

Maintenancesee page 143.

Disreg ard of the settings described can cause the windows to become m isted up which c an lead to accidents due to lack of p roper vision.

Disregard of the settings described can cause the windows to bec om e misted up which can lead to ac cidents due to la ck of proper vision.

Page 136: Vectra Manual

134

Electronic air conditioning system 3 The system provides m aximum com fort in any w eather, at any outside temperature and during any season.

To ensure a constant and com fortable climate in the vehicle, the tempera ture of the inflowing air, the air-flow rate a nd the air distrib ution are cha nged automatically according to clim atic conditions outside the vehicle.

The a ir is a utomatica lly regulated in accordance with the settings personally selected for the driver and pa ssenger sides.

Tem perature cha ng es due to externa l influences, such as direct sunlig ht, are automatically compensated.

Manua l settings e. g. operating w ithout cooling and a ir distrib ution c an be selected using the menu – see p age 136.

When the c ooling unit (cooling comp ressor) is on, the air is cooled and dehumidified.

Settings are shown on the information display .

The display can vary according to the type of presentation – see page 41.

The pollen filter removes d ust, soot, pollen and spores from the inflowing outside air.

The autom atic air rec irculation system 3 has an air quality sensor 3 to detect harmful a mbient gases, in which case it will switch automatically to recirculation.

When set to automa tic mode, the electronic air c onditioning system prov ides the op tim um settings under almost all conditions. If necessary , the system can be influenced manually.

The electronic air conditioning system is only fully operational when the engine is running.

At low outsid e temperatures the cooling unit (cooling com pressor) switches off automatically.

Page 137: Vectra Manual

135

Autom atic m odeBasic setting for max imum comfort:

z Press AUTO button.

z Open all front a ir vents. If d esired, the rear vents a lso 3 .

z Set the pre-selected tempera ture for the driver and pa ssenger sides to 22 °C using the rotary knobs.

The temperature c an be set higher or lower as desired.

Different tem peratures can b e set for the driver a nd passeng er sides.

Operation without cooling (ECO appears in the display) m ay imp air the level of comfort – see page 137.

All air vents (except the rea r air vents 3 ) are controlled automa tic ally in automatic mode. The front air vents should therefore always be open.

Autom atic air cir culation m ode 3 Air recirculation is automatically activated as soon as the system d etec ts harmful gases in the outside air. The circuit is controlled by an air q uality sensor.

At low outsid e temperatures and with the cooling (cooling compressor) switched off, automatic recirculation operation will be disabled. This prevents the windows from misting up. Switch manually to air recirc ulation as nec essary .

Sw itching automatic recirculation on or off – see page 138.

Manual recircula tion operation – see pag e 139.

Page 138: Vectra Manual

136

TemperatureUsing the outer knobs, temperatures can be set to va lues between 16 °C and 28 °C.

For reasons of comfort, tempera ture can only be changed in sm all increments.

If a temperature below 16 °C is set, Lo appears in the display: the electronic air conditioning system runs consta ntly at max imum cooling power. The temperature is not regulated .

If a temperature ab ove 28 °C is set, Hi appears in the display: the electronic air conditioning system runs consta ntly at max imum heating power. The temp erature is not regulated .

Tem perature settings are stored when the ignition is switched off.

Common tempera ture settingPress the knob for the driver’s sid e. The temperature on both the driver and passenger side together can be set using the knob on the driver’s side.

Individual tem perature settingsPress the knob for the passenger side. Temperatures can be set independently of each other using the knobs for the driver and passenger sides.

The tem perature on both the driver and passenger side are shown in the display.

For reasons of comfort, the tempera tures cannot d iffer by m ore than 2 °C.

Manual settingsUnder certain circumstances (e.g. iced-up or misted-up w indows), the functions of the electronic air conditioning system can be influenced manually.

E lectronic air conditioning settings can b e changed using the central rota ry knob , the buttons a nd using menus shown in the display. Calling up the menus:

Press the centre knob, and the m enu for ma nual a djustments to the electronic air conditioning system will app ear on the display.

Page 139: Vectra Manual

137

Individual m enu item s a re selected by turning the central knob and deselected b y pressing it. For some menu items a sub-menu will appear as soon as the resp ective menu has been deselected by pressing.

Ea ch menu can be exited by selecting Bac k and pressing the central rotary knob.

Manual settings are stored when the ignition is switched off.

Wind ow demist ing and d e-icing

Press button V, Def ap pears in display, control indicator in button illum inates.

The tem perature and the a ir distribution are adjusted autom atically, the fan runs at a faster sp eed and the windows are rapidly cleared of ice and moisture.

The air flow can be increased or decreased by turning the centra l knob.

To return to automa tic m ode: press button V or AUTO .

Aux iliary heating 3 – see pag e 140.

Act ivat ing and d ea ctivating c ool ingSwitc h off the cooling (cooling compressor) to c onserve fuel whenever cooling or drying is not needed. In the m enu for manual settings, highlight menu item AC a nd press to select. ECO appears in the display.

Inflowing air is neither c ooled nor dehum idified. This restricts the level of comfort provided by the electronic air conditioning system. This may cause the windows to mist up, for example.

To activate cooling: In the m anua l settings menu, selec t menu item AC and press to activa te cooling.

Disregard of the settings described can cause the windows to bec om e misted up which can lead to ac cidents due to la ck of proper vision.

Page 140: Vectra Manual

138

Air d istributionIn the menu for manual settings, select item Air Distr ibution.

Display of air d istribution m enus:

s Air distrib ution to windscreenand to front sid e windows

M Air distrib ution to vehicle occupantsthrough a djustable air ventsfront and rear

K Air distrib ution to footwell

Display of selected air distribution by means of sym bols in display .

Reverting to automatic a ir distribution: Select menu item Auto or press the AUTO button.

Air flowTurn the centre rotary knob clockwise or anticlockwise (if no menu for manual settings is displayed). The selected fan level is ind icated by x and numb ers in the display .

At speed 0 both the fan and the cooling (the cooling compressor) a re switched off.

To return to a utoma tic mode: Press A UTO button.

Sw itching automa tic recirc ulation 3 on or offThe automatic air recircula tion system has an air qua lity sensor to d etect harmful gases in the outside air, in whic h case it will switch automatically to recirculation.

In the manual settings menu, select menu item Air Quality Sensor a nd switch it on or off by pressing.

Switc h to manual air rec irculation as nec essary .

Page 141: Vectra Manual

139

Manual air recirc ulation m ode The a ir recirculation system prevents the entry of outside air and the air in the passenger com partment is circulated .

Press button 4 , the c ontrol indicator in the b utton will light up.

The exchange of fresh air is reduced in air recirculation mode. The quality of the passenger com partment a ir deteriorates which may cause the vehicle occupants to feel drowsy. In op eration without c ooling the a ir humid ity increases, so the wind ow s may mist up. Conseq uently , m anual air recirculation should only be run for short periods of time.

To deactivate manual air recirc ulation: Press button 4 again, the control indicator in the b utton will go out.

Air conditioning with the engine not runningWhen the vehicle is stop ped and the ignition off, the heat or cooling power still in the system can b e used to condition the passenger compa rtm ent, for example when stop ped at a level crossing.

Press button AUTO with the ignition off. Resid ua l Air Conditioning On will ap pear on the display.

The air conditioning will operate for a lim ited p eriod of time.

If necessary, the auxiliary heating 3 also autom atic ally switches on. Observe notes on p age 140.

To cancel a ir conditioning, press the AUTO button.

Cooled glove compartm ent 3 Cooled air is fed into the glove compa rtm ent through an opening.

If g love com partment cooling is not needed, turn the wheel d ow nwa rd s.

Page 142: Vectra Manual

140

Auxiliary heating / ventilation 3 If the engine is switched off, the interior is heated or ventilated d epending on the values that have been set and the interior tem perature.

The regulation is in ac corda nc e with the most recent temp erature settings in the electronic air conditioning – see pag e 136. When the system is switched on, the tem perature setting can be varied using the outer rotary knobs.

The a ir is led to the windscreen and the front side windows if the V button is pressed before switching the ignition off.

Direc t act ivat ionTo activa te directly with ignition on, call up the manual settings menu a nd select item Auxiliary H eat ing then select menu item On.

When the system is ac tivated, the control indica tor in the button AUTO will lig ht up.

The system switches itself off automatically after a maximum of 60 minutes depend ing on the values that have been set and the interior temperature.

To switch off sooner, press AUTO button or select m enu item Auxil iary Hea ting and then re-select menu item On.

Sw itching on at a p rogram med tim eThree p rogram med times can be stored for switching on.

For safety reasons only one p rogram med time for sw itc hing on ca n be a ctive a t any one tim e. After the heating cyc le has been completed, the next required time for switching on must b e ac tivated afresh.

To store a p rogram med time for switching on, ca ll up the menu for manual settings and select item Auxiliary Heating .

After the m enu item Auxilia ry Heating the current status w ill be shown.

Do not sw itc h auxiliary heater on in filling stations or closed sp aces – risk of fire or injury.

Page 143: Vectra Manual

141

To set a time, select menu item Setting .

Then select menu item S tart 1, Start 2 or Sta rt 3 and set the req uired time. Then select menu item Confi rm.

Select the required tim e for programm ed switching on.

When the system is ac tivated, the control indica tor in the button AUTO will lig ht up.

The system switches itself off automatically after a maximum of 60 minutes depend ing on the values that have been set and the interior temperature.

To cancel a ir conditioning, press the AUTO button.

The menu for a ux ilia ry heating c an be called up within 2 hours of switching the ignition off, by pressing on the central rotary knob, and settings entered.

Remote controlThe system can also be switched on and off using the rem ote control:

On = Press b utton b, the controlind ic ator in the rem ote controlunit will lig ht up

Off = Press b utton § , the controlind ic ator in the rem ote controlunit will lig ht up

Whilst the control indicator is lit up, no further signa l can be sent.

When the system is activated, the control indicator in the button AUTO will light up.

6

Page 144: Vectra Manual

142

The remote control has a range of approx. 600 m. The range can be reduc ed b y obstructions between the sender a nd receiver (e.g. walls) and by low power in the battery.

The system switches itself off autom atically after a maximum of 60 minutes dep ending on the values tha t have been set and the interior tem perature.

The a ux ilia ry heating c an be switched off at any time by pressing the button § .

Dea ctivating an activa ted switch-on tim e:

1. Press button §.

2. Delay of at least 3 seconds.

3. Press button § a gain.

If required, up to three additional remote control units can be programm ed. We recom mend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

Changing the rem ote control ba tteryReplace the battery immediately if the ra ng e of the remote control starts to become reduc ed.

Insert a pointed ob ject into the opening in the underside of the rem ote c ontrol and flip op en the cover. Replace batteries ob serving installation position. For ba ttery type – see page 275.

Alw ays exc hange all batteries a t the sam e tim e.

Make sure that you dispose of old batteries in accordance with environmental protection regulations.

Air intakeThe air intakes in front of the windscreen on the fa r right and left sides of the engine compa rtm ent must be kep t clear to allow air inta ke. Remove any leaves, dirt or snow.

Air outletDo not cover the air outlets when storing items in the luggag e compartment storag e compa rtm ents.

Page 145: Vectra Manual

143

Pollen filterThe p ollen filter cleans dust, soot, pollen and spores from the air entering from outside. The active carbon layer 3 e lim inates most od ours and harmful amb ient gases from the air.

The filter must b e replaced in accordance with the intervals specified in the Service Booklet.

NoteIf the windscreen is misted due to da mp weather, temporarily set the system a s described under "Window demisting".

Cooling 3 functions most effic iently when the w indows and sun roof 3 are closed. I f the p assenger compartment has heated up consid erably after a long period in direc t sunlight, briefly open the windows and sun roof 3 so that the hot air can escape quickly .

When cooling 3 (air c onditioning compressor) is switched on condensation forms, which is expelled from the underside of the vehicle.

At lea st one air vent must b e open while cooling 3 (air conditioning compressor) is on in order to prevent the evaporator from icing up due to lack of air movement.

When the auxiliary heating 3 is switched on there m ay briefly be som e smoke and noise.

When the auxiliary heating / auxiliary ventilation 3 is switched on the anti-theft alarm system monitoring of the vehicle interior 3 is dea ctivated.

Aux iliary hea ting 3 consumes fuel (approx. 0.3 litres p er hea ting proc ess on a verage).

Aux iliary heating 3 will only switch on if coolant temperature is less tha n approx. 80 °C.

In order to im prove heating power and ensure that the engine operating temperature is rea ched quickly , auxiliary heating 3 also switches on automatically when driving if the outside temp erature is less than ap prox . 8 °C. This occurs irresp ective of stored auxiliary heating switch-on tim es. Aux iliary heating switches itself off automatically when the engine is switched off, while the combustion air fa n continues running for ap prox . 2 minutes (humming noise).

MaintenanceIn order to ensure consistently efficient performa nc e, the cooling system 3 must be switched on for a few m inutes once a month regardless of the weather or season. Operation with cooling 3 (cooling compressor) is not possible a t low outside temperatures. Aux ilia ry heating 3 should be run for a few minutes every 6 months at a pre-selected temperature over 22 °C.

In the event of a fault, consult a workshop . We recommend a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

Page 146: Vectra Manual

144

Automatic transmission 3

The automatic transmission allows you to cha ng e gears autom atically (autom atic mode) or manually (m anual mod e).

Selecting D puts the transmission in autom atic mode. If the selector lever is moved to the left in the D position, ma nual mode is ac tivated, and the gears can be selected manually by tapp ing the selector lever forw ard or backward.

After sta rting the engine and before shifting into a gea r, depress the brake pedal, If the brakes are released w hen a gear is engaged , the vehicle will "creep". Never ac tuate accelerator and b rake pedals simultaneously .

Selector lever in P, R, N and D(Automatic mode)P Park. Front wheels loc ked.

Only with vehic le stationa ry andhandbrake on.

R Reverse. Only engage whenvehicle stationary.

N Neutral.

D Drive position for normal drivingconditions in first to fifth gear.

Disregard of these instructions may lead to injuries or endanger life.

Page 147: Vectra Manual

145

The selector lever ca n only b e moved out of P or N when the ig nition is switched on and the foot brake is depressed (selector lever lock).

In positions P or N the control indica tor j in the selector lever indica tor strip will light up red – see figure.

The engine can only be started with lever in position P or N. When position N is selected, press foot brake or engage handbrake before sta rting.

Do not accelerate during the selection proced ure.

The selected gea r is indica ted in the transm ission display .

Selector lever in + or -Active Se lect (Manual mode)+ Shift to a higher gear

- Shift to a lower gear

If a higher g ear is selected when the running speed is too low, or a lower gear when the speed is too high, no shift is effected. This prevents the engine from running at too low or too high revs.

If the engine speed is too slow, the transmission automatically shifts to a lower gear.

Increased engine speed will not result in an automatic upshift to a higher gear.

For reasons of safety , K ic kdown also functions in manual mode – see page 147.

The selected gear is ind ic ated in the transmission displa y.

Page 148: Vectra Manual

146

Transm ission displayThe transmission display in the tachometer dial shows the currently engaged gear or current mode.

P Park position.

R Reverse gear.

N Neutra l or idling position.

D Autom atic mode.

1-5 Manual mode, selected gea r.

Electronically controlled driving programmesz Adaptive programm es automatically

adap t gea r shifting to suit the driving style, e.g.:

– Sporty driving: Transmission changesgear a t higher engine speeds.

– Economical driving: Transmissioncha ng es gear at lower engine speeds.

– Ad aptation to special drivingconditions still takes place, suchas: driving up and down hills, w hentow ing a carava n or tra iler, andwith a heavy load.

z Automatic neutral shift function autom atically sets the transm ission to N to reduce fuel consum ption, e.g. at tra ffic lig hts.

The automatic neutral shift function is activated when the following occurs simultaneously:

– The selector lever is in D or m anualmode

– The foot brake is depressed

– The vehicle is stationary

– The accelerator ped al is not a ctuated

– Transm ission oil temperature is over 0°C.

As soon as the brake is released and the accelerator ped al is depressed, the vehicle sta rts off in the usual manner.

z By m eans of delayed gear cha nging (higher engine speed s) following a cold start, the opera ting temperature programme quickly and automatically bring s the catalytic converter to the temperature required for optimum pollutant reduction.

z Winter programme: press button T – see next c olumn.

Page 149: Vectra Manual

147

Winter programm e T In the event of starting-off diffic ulties on slip pery roa ds, press button T (can be opera ted only in D – T lights up). The vehic le will start off in fourth gear.

The w inter programme is sw itc hed off by: z pressing button T a gain, z switching off the ignition,z selector lever in m anual mode.

To protect against d amage, the starting-off aid automatically cuts out at very hig h transm ission oil temperatures.

KickdownAc celera tor pedal pressed past the pressure point: dep ending on engine speed, the transmission shifts down into a low er gear. Full engine power is available for a cceleration.

For reasons of safety, K ickdown also functions in m anual mode.

Engine brakingThe autom atic transmission will select the driving p rogram me for op tim um engine brak ing effect.

If required, low er gears can also be ma nually selected to increase the engine brak ing effect. First gear has the greatest brak ing effect.

Rocking the carIf it becomes necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from sand, m ud , snow or a hole, move the selector lever from D to R in a repeat p attern while simultaneously app ly ing light pressure to the a ccelerator pedal. Do not race the engine and avoid sudden a cceleration.

This applies only to the exceptional circumstances mentioned above.

Page 150: Vectra Manual

148

Manoeuvring the vehicleTo manoeuvre the vehicle back and forth during attem pts to park or in garage entrances, the vehicle’s creeping movement c an be utilised by releasing the brake pedal.

Never actuate a ccelerator and brake pedals simultaneously.

Stopping the vehicleThe selector lever ca n b e left in the c hosen gear w ith the engine running.

When stopping on grad ients engage ha ndb ra ke or depress brake pedal. To prevent overheating of the transm ission, do not increase engine revolutions to ensure smooth idling while stand ing if a gear has been selected .

Switch off engine if stopping for a lengthy period, e.g. in traffic jams or at level crossings.

Before leaving the vehicle, apply handbrake, then place selec tor lever in position P a nd remove ignition key.

The ignition key can only be removed when the selector lever is in position P.

If the selector lever is not in P when the ignition is switched off, control indicator j in the selector lever indicator strip flashes – see p age 145, Fig. 15086 J. Shift the selector lever to P.

If the ignition key is not removed, the battery m ay be discharged if the vehicle is then left to stand for a lengthy period of tim e.

FaultIn the event of a fault the control indicator A lig hts up. The transmission no longer shifts automatically .

Page 151: Vectra Manual

149

Driving can b e continued:

In ma nual m ode second and fifth g ears can be selected. Depending on the fault, it may be that only fifth gea r can be selected.

In automatic m ode, only fifth gear is ava ilab le when in D.

Illumination of control indicator A can also indicate a fault in the engine electronic s – see page 164.

Have ca use of fa ult remedied. We recom mend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer. The system ’s integrated self-diagnostics allows faults to be quickly remedied.

Interruption of power supplyIf the vehicle b attery is flat, the selector lever cannot be moved out of position P.

If the ba ttery is flat, start the vehicle using jump lead s – see page 200.

If the cause is not a discharged battery, unlock selector lever:

1. Apply hand brake.

2. Remove the ashtray – see page 90.

3. Pull out ashtray socket upwards.

4. Push bar down with a screwdriver and move selector lever out of P.

5. Refit ashtra y socket in centre console and latch into position.

6. Refit ashtra y.

Re-selecting P locks the selector lever aga in. Have cause of power sup ply interruption remedied . We recommend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

Page 152: Vectra Manual

150

CVTronic 3

CVTronic is an autom atic transmission with the following facilities:

z Continuously va riable autom atic m od e,

z Out of c ontinuously variable a utomat ic mode,

z Manual m ode.

In continuously variable automatic mode the transm ission ra tio is continuously variable. The engine speed is in the op tim um torque range. Moving the selector lever from N to D puts the tra nsmission into this m od e.

When op erating out of continuously variable autom atic mode, the CVTronic electronically simulates the shifting of a conventional autom atic transmission w ith defined gears. This mode is selected by moving the selec tor lever from D to the left.

Gears can be selected manually in manual mode. H ig her or lower tra nsmission ratios are manually selected by moving the selector lever from D to the left and tapping towa rd + or -.

After starting the engine, op erate the brake before selecting a mode. If a mode is selected and the b ra ke is released, the vehicle "creeps" . Never operate the acc elerator and brake ped als simultaneously.

Disregard of these instructions ma y lead to injuries or endanger life.

Page 153: Vectra Manual

151

Selector lever in P, R and NP Park. Front wheels locked.

Only with vehicle stationary andhandbrake on.

R Reverse. Only engage whenvehic le stationa ry .

N Neutra l or idling position.

The selector lever can only be moved out of P or N when the ignition is switched on and the foot brake is depressed (selector lever lock ).

In positions P or N the control indicator j in the selector lever indicator strip w ill light up red – see figure.

If the transmission oil temp erature is less than -25 °C the selector lever cannot be moved until the transmission oil temperature reaches -25 °C when the engine is running (P or N flashes in the tra nsmission display as long as the selector lever is loc ked).

The engine can only b e started with lever in position P or N . When position N is selected, press foot brake or enga ge handbrake before starting.

Do not accelerate during the selection procedure.

The selector lever p osition is indica ted in the tra nsmission display.

Page 154: Vectra Manual

152

Continuously variable autom atic modeMove selector lever from N to D (d o not move to left in D).

Drive position for norm al driving positions.

D is shown in the transmission display.

Out of continuously variable automatic modeMove selector lever to left in position D.

Ratio ad aptation takes plac e in 6 gears in this mod e. The maximum sp eed is reached in 5th gear, and 6th gear is for econom ical driving.

A is shown in the transm ission display .

Page 155: Vectra Manual

153

Manual m ode (ActiveSelect)Shift the selector lever from D first to the left and then forward or rearward.

+ Switch to higher gear

- Switch to lower gear

If a higher gear is selected at too slow a speed or a lower gear at too high a speed, no change takes place. This avoids engine speeds tha t are too high or too low.

The m aximum speed is reached in 5th gear. 6th gear is d esigned for econom ic al driving.

If the engine speed is too slow , a lower gear is a utomatically selec ted.

At high engine speeds a higher gear is not autom atic ally selected.

For reasons of safety, K ickdown also functions in manual mode – see page 155.

The enga ged gear is show n in the tra nsmission display.

Transmiss ion displayThe transm ission display in the tachometer dial shows the currently engaged gear or current m od e.

P Park p osition.

R Reverse gear.

N Neutral or idling position.

D Continuously variable automa ticmode.

A Out of continuously variableautomatic m ode.

1-6 Manual m od e, selected transm issionratio.

Page 156: Vectra Manual

154

Electronically controlled driving programmesz Ad aptive programmes a utoma tica lly

adapt the tra nsmission ratio to the driv ing sty le, e.g. :

– Sporty driving style: transmissionchanges at higher engine speed s.

– Ec onomical driving sty le:transm ission ra tio cha nges atslow er speeds.

– Adaptation to special drivingconditions still takes pla ce, such as:driving up a nd down hills, tow ing acaravan / trailer and with heavy loa ds.

z Automatic neutral shift function automatically sets the transmission to N to reduc e fuel consumption, e.g. at traffic lights.

The automa tic neutral shift function is activa ted when:

– The selector lever is in autom aticmode or manual mode

– The foot brake is depressed

– The vehic le is stationary

– The accelerator pedal is not actuated

– Tra nsmission oil tem perature is over 0°C.

As soon as the brake is released and the accelerator pedal is depressed, the vehicle starts off in the usual m anner.

z After a cold start the operating temperature program me ra pidly brings the catalytic converter to the optimum temperature that is required to op tim ise pollutant reduction b y means of using the app ropriate ratio (increased engine speed ).

z The speed programm e lim its the engine speed to protect the transmission from damage at high transmission oil temperatures.

z Winter programme: press button T – see next c olumn.

Page 157: Vectra Manual

155

Winter programm e TIn the event of starting-off diffic ulties on slip pery roa ds press button T, which can be selected either in or out of continuously variable automatic m od e (T lig hts up). The vehicle will start off with a hig h transm ission ra tio.

The w inter programme is sw itc hed off by: z pressing button T a gain, z switching off the ignition,z switching to Manual mode.

To protect against d amage, the starting-off aid automatically cuts out at very hig h transm ission oil temperatures.

KickdownAc celera tor pedal pressed past the pressure point: dep ending on engine speed, the transmission shifts down into a low er gear transm ission ra tio. Full engine power is availa ble for acc elera tion.

For safety reasons Kic kdown is available in all modes.

Engine brakingCVTronic automatically selects the driving programm e w ith the optimum eng ine brak ing effect.

If necessa ry, lower gea rs ca n also b e selected in manual mode to increase the am ount of braking assistance. Gear 1 has the greatest b ra king effect.

Rocking the carIf it becomes necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from sand, m ud , snow or a hole, move the selector lever from D to R in a repeat p attern while simultaneously app ly ing light pressure to the a ccelerator pedal. Do not race the engine and avoid sudden a cceleration.

This applies only to the exceptional circumstances mentioned above.

Page 158: Vectra Manual

156

Manoeuvring the vehicleTo manoeuvre the vehicle back and forth during attem pts to park or in garage entrances, the vehicle’s creeping movement c an be utilised by releasing the brake pedal.

Never actuate a ccelerator and brake pedals simultaneously.

Stopping the vehicleThe selector lever ca n b e left in the c hosen gear w ith the engine running.

When stopping on grad ients engage ha ndb ra ke or depress brake pedal. To prevent overheating of the transm ission, do not increase engine revolutions to ensure smooth idling while stand ing if a gear has been selected .

Switch off engine if stopping for a lengthy period, e.g. in traffic jams or at level crossings.

If the selector lever is not in P when the ignition is switched off, control indicator j in the selector lever indicator strip flashes – see p age 151, Fig. 15086 J. Shift the selector lever to P.

Before leaving the vehicle, app ly ha ndb ra ke, then place selector lever in position P and remove ignition key.

The ignition key can only be removed when the selector lever is in position P.

If the ignition key is not removed, the battery m ay be discharged if the vehicle is then left to stand for a lengthy period of tim e.

FaultControl indicator A illuminates if a fault occurs.

Driving ca n be c ontinued:

The choice of transm ission ra tio is restricted . The vehicle accelerates more slowly and the maximum speed is limited . Certain faults p revent the use of ma nual mode.

Illumination of control indicator A can also indicate a fault in the engine electronics – see page 164.

Have c ause of fault remedied. We recommend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repa irer. The system’s integrated self-diagnostics allows faults to be quickly remedied .

Page 159: Vectra Manual

157

Interruption of power supplyIf the vehicle battery is flat, the selector lever ca nnot be moved out of position P.

If the battery is flat, start the vehicle using jump leads – see pag e 200.

If the battery is not the cause of the fault, release selector lever:

1. Ap ply handbrake.

2. Remove the ashtray – see page 90.

3. Pull out ashtra y socket upw ards.

4. Push ba r down with a screw driver a nd move selector lever out of P.

5. Refit ashtray socket and click it into place.

6. Refit ashtray.

Re-selecting P locks the selector lever aga in. Have cause of power sup ply interruption remedied . We recommend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

Page 160: Vectra Manual

158

Driving hints

The first 600 miles / 1000 kmDrive your vehicle at various speeds. Do not use full throttle. Never allow the eng ine to labour at low revs.

Make good use of all gea rs. Depress the accelerator pedal a maximum of around three quarters of the ava ila ble ped al travel in all gears.

Do not drive faster than three quarters of max imum speed.

Do not brake unnecessarily hard for the first 125 miles (200 km ).

Never coast with engine not runningMany units w ill not function in this situation (e.g. brake servo unit, e lectro-hydraulic power steering). Driving in this ma nner is a danger to yourself a nd others.

Brake servo unitWhen the engine is not running, the brake servo unit is no longer effective once the brake peda l has been depressed once or twice. Braking effect is not reduced , but braking requires significantly grea ter force.

Electro-hydraulic power ass isted steeringIf the power-assisted steering fails when being towed with the engine switched off, the vehicle can still be steered, but considera bly more forc e is req uired.

Driving in mountainous terrain or with a caravan / trailerThe cooling fan is electrically operated. Its cooling p ow er is therefore independent of the engine speed.

Since a considerable amount of heat is genera ted at high engine speeds and less at slower speeds, do not shift d ow n when climbing hills whilst the vehicle is still coping with the gradient in the higher g ear.

Diesel engine: On rising gradients of 10 % or more, do not drive faster than 20 mph (30 km/h) in 1st gea r, 30 m ph (50 km /h) in 2nd gear; with autom atic transmission 3 in gear 1 and with CVTronic 3 in m anual mode in transm ission ratio 1, do not exceed 25 mph (40 km/h).

Driving with a roof loadDo not exceed the perm issible roof load – see pages 188, 263. For reasons of safety, distribute the loa d evenly a nd secure it properly with reta ining straps so that it cannot slip . Set the ty re p ressure to the va lue sp ecified for a full load. Do not drive faster than 75 m ph (120 km/h). Check and retig hten the straps frequently.

Switching off the engineWhen you switch off, fans in the eng ine compa rtm ent may continue running for a time to cool the engine.

If the engine temperature is very high, e.g. after driving in mountainous terrain: allow the engine to id le for approx im ately two minutes in order to prevent heat acc um ulation.

Vehicles with engine Z 20 N ET1):After running at high eng ine speeds or high eng ine loads, op erate the engine briefly at a low load or run in neutral for approx. 30 seconds before switching off in ord er to protec t the turbocharger.

1) Sales des ignation – see page 256.

Page 161: Vectra Manual

159

Save energy – more milesPlease observe the running-in hints on the previous pag e and the tips for energ y saving on the following pages.

Good, technica lly correct and economical driving ensures ma ximum durability and performance for your vehic le.

Overrun 3 The fuel supply is autom atically shut off during overrun, e.g. when the vehicle is being driven down long gradients or when braking. To enable the overrun cut-off to take effect, do not acc elerate during overrun and, if in manual transm ission mode, do not de-clutch. To prevent dam age to the cata lytic converter, overrun cut-off is temp orarily deactivated when the catalytic converter temperature is high.

Vehicles w ith engine Z 20 N ET1):Flow -g enerated noises may be aud ible if the a ccelerator is released quickly on account of air flow in the turbocharger.

Engine speedDrive in a low engine speed range for each gear a s m uc h as possible.

Warming upAllow the engine to warm up while driving. Do not warm it up by letting it run at idling speed. Do not apply full throttle until the engine has reached op erating temperature.

After a cold start, the automatic tra nsmission or CVTronic does not shift to higher gears until faster speeds have been reached . This allows the catalytic converter to quic kly reach the temperature req uired for optimum pollutant reduction.

Correct gear selectionEngine in neutral a nd without revving in the low er gears. Stop-and-go traffic and driving a t a speed too high for the selected gear or transmission ratio increases wear and fuel consum ption.

Change downWhen decreasing speed, shift down into the next lowest gear. Do not slip the clutch with a high-revving engine. This is especially important when hill climb ing.

Clutch operationAlways d epress the c lutch pedal hard to the floor to p revent shifting difficulties and transmission damage.

When driving do not use the pedal as a footrest; this will cause sub stantial clutch wear.

PedalsDo not place any ob jects in the footwell which could slip under the ped als and inhibit the pedal travel.

To ensure the pedal travel is uninhibited, there must be no mats in the area of the pedals.

Battery careWhen driving slowly or when the vehicle is sta tionary, e.g. in slow urban traffic , stop-start traffic or traffic jams, turn off all unnecessary electric al loads where possible (e.g. heated rear window, heated seats).

Declutch w hen sta rting in order to relieve the strain on the starter and the ba ttery.

1) Sa les designation – see page 25 6.

Page 162: Vectra Manual

160

Save fuel, protect the environment

Trend-setting technologyWhen developing and manufac turing your vehic le, Vauxhall used environment-friendly and in the m ain recyc la ble materials. The production methods used to make your vehicle are likewise env ironmenta lly -compatible.

Recycling of production wastes keeps the circulation of material closed. Reduction of energy a nd water requirements a lso help s to conserve natural resources.

A highly advanced design mea ns that your vehic le can be easily disassembled at the end of its working life, and the individual materials separated for subsequent re-use.

Materia ls such as asbestos and cadmium are not used . The refrigerant in the air conditioning system 3 is CFC-free.

New painting techniques employ wa ter as a solvent.

End-of-life vehicle recovery Information on end-of-life vehicle recovery centres and the recycling of end-of-life vehicles is availab le at ww w.vauxhall.co.uk

Drive in an energy andenvironment-conscious wayz High fuel consumption, noise levels and

exhaust emission are often caused b y a driving style that is not energy and env ironment-c onscious.

z You should therefore drive with energy in mind – "more miles with less fuel" .

Reduce the noise level and exhaust emissions b y adopting an environment-consc ious driving style. This is extremely worthwhile and im proves the quality of life.

Fuel consumption depends to a great extent on your own personal driving style. The follow ing hints are intended to help you consume fuel at a rate that is as close as possible to the specified levels – see page 260, 261.

Check your vehic le’s fuel consum ption every time you refuel. This facilita tes early detection of a ny irregularities causing increased fuel consumption.

Warming upz Full throttle and w arming up at idle

speed increase w ear, fuel consumption, exhaust em ission, the am ount of pollutant in the exhaust and the am ount of noise.

z Drive off imm ediately after starting. Wa rm up the engine b y running it at moderate eng ine speeds.

Uniform speedz Hectic driving significantly increases fuel

consumption, the exhaust emissions, the proportion of pollutant in the exhaust gas and the noise level.

z Do not accelerate a nd brake unnecessarily . Drive at uniform speed.

Avoid frequent starting off and stopping e.g . at traffic lights, in short distance tra ffic and in queues of traffic by m eans of clever planning . Select road s w ith good traffic flow .

Idlingz The eng ine also consumes fuel when

idling .

z If you have to wait for more than one minute, it is worthwhile switching off the engine. Five m inutes of idling corresponds to ap prox imately 0.6 miles (1 k ilom etre) of d riv ing.

Page 163: Vectra Manual

161

Overrunz The fuel supply is automatically shut off

during overrun, e.g. when the vehicle is being driven down long gradients or when braking – see page 159.

z To enable the overrun cut-off to take effect a nd save fuel, during overrun do not ac celera te and do not declutch.

Correct gear selectionz High revs increase engine w ear and fuel

consumption.

z Do not race your engine. Avoid d riv ing at high engine speeds.

Driv ing with an eye on the tachom eter saves fuel. I f possib le, drive a t low revs in each gear and a t a consta nt speed. Drive in top g ear as m uch a s p ossible, shift up as soon as possib le and do not shift down until the engine is no longer running truly .

High speedz The faster the speed, the higher the

consumption and the noise level. Driving at full throttle uses up a g reat deal of fuel and generates excessive noise a nd hig h emission levels.

z Slightly relea sing the accelerator ped al results in distinct fuel savings with no major loss of speed.

Drive at no more tha n around three quarters of max imum speed and you will use up to 50 % less fuel, without losing a great deal of time.

Tyre inflation pressurez Inadequate ty re p ressure, leading to

higher road resistance, costs m oney in two wa ys: for more fuel and increased tyre wear.

z Regular checks (every 14 d ays) pay off.

Electrical loadsz The power consum ption of electrical

equip ment increa ses fuel consumption.

z Sw itch off additional consumers (e.g. air conditioning 3, hea ted rear window) when they are no longer required.

Roof racks, ski-holdersz Roof loads can increase fuel

consump tion by approx. 3.5 gal./1000 miles (1l/100 km) due to air resistanc e.

z Remove them if they are not being used.

Repair and maintenancez Improper repairs or adjustm ent and

maintenance work can increase fuel consumption. Do not carry out w ork on the eng ine yourself.

You may out of ignorance infringe environmental law s b y not disposing of materials properly.

Appropriate parts m ight not be rec ycled .

Contact with some of the materia ls involved may p ose a hea lth haz ard.

z We recom mend that repair and maintenance be entrusted to a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

Extreme driving conditionsz Driv ing up steep gradients, cornering,

driving on poor roads and winter driving all increase fuel consumption.

Fuel consumption increa ses dramatically in urba n tra ffic a nd at winter temperatures, especially on short trip s when the engine operating tempera ture is not reached.

z Follow the hints given above to keep consumption to a m inimum under suc h cond itions.

Page 164: Vectra Manual

162

Fuel consumption, fuel, refuelling

Fuel consumptionFuel consumption is determined under specific driving conditions – see page 260.

Fitting special equipment will increase the weight of the vehicle. This in turn increases fuel consumption and reduces the specified m aximum speed of the vehicle.

For the first few thousand miles / kilometres, friction between the engine and tra nsmission components is higher. This increases fuel consum ption.

Fuel for petrol enginesCom mercially availab le high-quality fuels are suitable (catalytic converter – see pag e 164, octane numbers – see pag es 256, 257). Fuel quality has a d ecisive influence on the power output, running behaviour and service life of the engine. The ad ditives conta ined in the fuel play an important role in this reg ard. You should therefore only use high-quality fuels containing additives.

Fuel with too low an octane number can cause pink ing. Va uxhall cannot be held liable for resulting damage.

Petrol with a hig her octane number can always be used .

The use of 91 octane fuel is not permitted in vehicles with engine Z 22 YH1).

Pump nozzles for leaded fuel ca nnot be inserted into the filler nec k of vehicles tha t operate on unlead ed fuel.

The ignition timing adjusts automatically to the grade of fuel used (octane number) – see pages 256, 257.

Use of petrol with an octane rating of 95 will ensure economical driv ing.

1) Sales des ignation – see page 256.

Page 165: Vectra Manual

163

Fuel for diesel enginesDiesel engines must be operated only on commercially ava ila ble diesel fuel meeting the specific ations of DIN EN 590. Do not use ma rine diesel oils, heating oils or entirely or partially plant-b ased diesel fuels, such as rape seed oil or b io diesel, Aquazole and sim ilar diesel-w ater emulsions.

The flow a nd filterability of diesel fuel are tem perature-d epend ent.

Diesel fuels with improved low-tem perature properties are therefore ava ilab le on the market during the winter months. Make sure that you fill the tank with winter fuel before the start of the cold weather season.

Additives can be used with d iesel fuels with winter p roperties that are guaranteed by the m anufacturer and when using diesel fuel filters that are heated depending on the outside temperature.

Refuelling

The fuel tank filler neck is located on the rig ht, rear side of the vehicle.

The tank flap is locked together with the doors – see page 58.

Open the tank flap .

Unscrew fuel filler c ap to open, remove and suspend from tank fla p.

The fuel tank has a limiting system which prevents overfilling of the tank.

Correct filling depends to a large extent on proper operation of the fuel disp ensing pump:

1. Fully insert the pump nozz le and switch it on.

2. After the automatic cut-off, the nominal capacity of the tank ca n be obtained by top ping up with two doses of fuel. Make sure the nozzle is fully inserted.

To close, position the fuel filler cap a nd rotate until the cap audibly clicks over the reta iner.

C lose fuel tank cover.

Wipe off a ny overflowing fuel immediately .

Care must be ta ken when handling fuel.

Before refuelling, it is absolutely vital to switch off the engine and any heating systems with combustion cha mbers. Sw itch off all mobile phones.

Petrol is flamma ble and exp losive. Please therefore avoid naked flames and sparks when ha ndling fuel, even when you are in the vicinity of fuel. Do not smoke! This also applies in places where petrol can only be detected by its characteristic smell. If you ca n smell petrol in the vehicle, have cause thereof rem edied imm ediately. We recomm end that you consult a Va uxhall Authorised Repairer.

Page 166: Vectra Manual

164

Catalytic converter, exhaust gases

Catalytic converter for petrol engines 3Leaded fuel will da mage the cata lytic converter and parts of the electronic system, rend ering them inoperative.

Use of high-qua lity fuels other than those specified on p age 162 (e.g. LR P1)) could damage the catalytic converter.

On vehicles with a c atalytic converter, the fuel ta nk filler nec k is of a narrow design so that a dispensing pump for leaded fuel cannot b e inserted .

Dama ge to the catalytic converter or the vehicle m ay result if the following points are not observed :

z If the engine misfires or runs roughly after a cold start, the engine power has reduced significantly or other unusua l operating problems occur that indicate a fault in the ignition system , please contac t a workshop as quickly a s possible. We recommend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer. Drive a t a slower speed a nd with less engine revs for a short tim e if necessa ry .

Irregular engine running a nd a loss of engine power when the Traction Control system 3 or the Electronic Stability Program me 3 come into action are determined b y the op erating conditions and are therefore of no significance – see pages 168, 170.

z If unb urnt fuel enters the c atalytic converter, this may result in overheating and irreparable damage to the c atalytic converter.

You should therefore avoid unnecessarily long use of the starter when starting off, running the tank dry (an irregular fuel supply w ill lead to overhea ting) and starting the engine by pushing or towing.

1) LRP = Lead Replacem ent Petro l.

Page 167: Vectra Manual

165

z If the emission control indicator Z flashes, slow down until the flashing stops a nd the control indicator is steady. Conta ct a workshop immediately . We recommend that you consult aVauxhall Authorised Rep airer. For emission control indicator Z – see page 166.

Catalytic converter for diesel engines 3Damage to the ca talytic converter or the vehicle may result if the follow ing points are not observed:

z If the engine runs roug hly , the engine power ha s reduc ed significa ntly or other unusual operating problems occur, please contact a workshop as quickly a s possible. We recomm end that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer. Drive at a slower speed and with less eng ine revs for a short time if necessary.

Irregular engine running and a loss of eng ine power when the Traction Control system 3 or the Electronic S ta bility Programme 3 com e into action are determined by the opera ting conditions and are therefore of no significance – see pages 168, 170.

Controlling exhaust emissionThroug h design-rela ted measures – mainly in the a rea of the fuel-injection and ignition systems – the proportion of nox ious ma terials in the exhaust, such as carbon monoxide (CO), hydrocarbons (HC) a nd nitrogen oxides (NOx), is reduced to a minimum.

Page 168: Vectra Manual

166

Control indica tor Z for exhaust Lights up when ignition is switched on a nd rem ains illuminated during starting. Goes out shortly a fter engine starts.

If it lights while the engine is running there is a fault in the emission control system. The p ermitted em ission values may be exceeded. Consult a workshop immedi-ately . We recomm end a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

Flashing with the engine running indicates a fault that may damage the catalytic converter. You can continue to drive without causing damage by slowing down until the fla shing stop s and the control indica tor is stead y. Consult a workshop immed iately. We recommend tha t you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

Control ind icator A for engine elect ronics (w ithin tachometer display dial) If it lights w hen the engine is running , there is a fault in engine or transmission electronics. The electronic system switches to an emergency running programme. Fuel consumption may be increased a nd the driveab ility of the vehicle may be impaired.

In some cases the fault can be eliminated by sw itc hing the engine off and back on aga in. If the c ontrol indicator lights up aga in when the engine is running, consult a workshop to have the cause of the fault remedied. We recom mend a Va uxha ll Authorised Repa irer.

If it lights b riefly, but does not rec ur, it is of no significance.

Flashing with the ignition switched on indicates a fault in the immobiliser system. The engine c annot be started – see pag e 55.

Page 169: Vectra Manual

167

Exhaust gases

When the vehicle is driven for the first time, wax and oil on the exhaust system ma y evaporate, producing sm oke-like emissions. Allow wax and oil to eva pora te while the vehic le is in open a ir. Avoid inhaling.

MaintenanceHave all maintena nce work c arried out at the intervals spec ified by Va uxha ll. We recommend that you entrust this work to a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer, w ho has prop er equipment a nd trained personnel available. E lectronic testing systems permit ra pid diagnosis and remedy of faults. This way you can be certain that all components of the vehic le’s electrical, injection and ignition system s operate correctly, that your vehicle has a low level of polluta nt em ission and tha t the catalytic converter system will have a long serv ice life.

You are thereby making an im portant contribution towards keeping the air clean and c om pliance w ith emissions legislation.

Checking and adjustment of the fuel-injection and ignition systems is part of the scope of inspec tion. For this reason you should have a ll maintenance work carried out a t the intervals specified in your Serv ice Booklet.

Engine exhaust ga ses contain poisonous carbon monox ide, which is colourless and odourless and could be fatal if inhaled.

If exhaust fumes penetrate the vehicle interior, open the windows and c onsult a workshop imm ediately. We recomm end that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

Page 170: Vectra Manual

168

Drive control systems Traction Control system (TCPlus) 3TCPlus p revents the driving wheels from spinning, irrespective of the road conditions and tyre grip.

The system m onitors the rotational sp eed of all wheels. As soon as at lea st one driving wheel sta rts to spin, the engine output is reduced (the sound of the engine cha ng es) and the spinning wheel is b ra ked. This improves the vehicle’s directional control and d riv ing power, particularly on snow and ic e as well as on wet or slippery road s.

TCPlus is ready for operation as soon as the ignition is switched on and the c ontrol indicator v goes out.

When the TCPlus comes into ac tion, v flashes.

The vehicle is now in a critical situa tion; TCPlus allows you to keep control of the vehicle a nd reminds you to ad apt your speed to the road conditions.

Do not let this special safety feature tempt you into taking risks when driving.

Tra ffic safety can only b e ac hieved by adopting a responsible d riv ing sty le.

Page 171: Vectra Manual

169

Control indica tor vLights up for a few sec onds when ig nition is switched on. The system is now ready for opera tion.

Flashing during drivingThis shows the system has com e into action. The engine output may be reduced (the sound of the engine cha nges) a nd the vehic le ma y be braked automatically to a small degree.

Lights while driv ingFault in the system: Driving ca n continue. Spinning drive wheels ca n cause driving stability to worsen unless driving style is adapted, depending on ac celera tion and road surface.

Have cause of fault rem edied. We recommend that you consult a Va uxha ll Authorised Repairer. The system’s integrated self-diag nostics a llows faults to be q uick ly remedied.

Sw itching off 3TCPlus can be deactivated by pressing button v 3.

Deactivation is only possible up to a speed of 40 mph (60 km/h) and is indicated by illumination of control indicator v on the instrument panel.

TCPlus is reactivated by pressing b utton v aga in or the next time the ignition is switched on.

Page 172: Vectra Manual

170

Electronic StabilityProgram me (ESPPlus) 3 ESPPlus imp roves driving stability when necessary, irrespective of the road surface and the ty re grip in all d riv ing situations. I t also contains the functions provided by the Traction Control system.

The system monitors vehicle m ovements. As soon as the vehicle starts to swerve (und ersteers / oversteers) engine output is red uced (the sound of the engine changes) and individual wheels are specifically braked. This considerably im proves the driving stability of the vehicle on snow and ice and on wet or slipp ery road surfaces.

ESPPlus is read y for op eration as soon as the ignition is switc hed on and c ontrol indica tor v goes out.

When the ESPPlus comes into action, v flashes.

The vehic le is now in a critical situation; ESPPlus allows you to keep c ontrol of the vehicle and remind s you to adapt your speed to the road c onditions.

Control indic ator v Lights up for a few second s when ignition is switched on. The system is now ready for operation.

Flashing during drivingThis shows the system has com e into action. The engine output may be reduced (the sound of the eng ine changes) and the vehicle m ay be braked a utoma tica lly to a small degree.

Do not let this special safety fea ture tempt you into ta king risks when d riv ing.

Traffic safety c an only be achieved by adopting a responsible driving style.

Page 173: Vectra Manual

171

Lights while drivingFault in the ESP system. Driv ing can be continued. Poor road surfac e conditions may how ever still ca use vehicle stability to be impaired.

Have ca use of fa ult remedied. We recom mend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer. The system ’s integrated self-diagnostics allows faults to be quickly remedied.

Switching off 3ESPPlus can be deactivated by pressing button v 3.

Deactivation is only possible up to a speed of 40 mph (60 km/h) and is ind icated by illumination of control indica tor v on the instrument panel.

ESPPlus is reactivated by pressing button v again or the next time the ignition is switched on.

Page 174: Vectra Manual

172

Cruise control 3 Cruise control can store and maintain speeds from approx. 20 to 125 mph (30 to 200 km /h).

For safety reasons, the c ruise c ontrol cannot be activated until the foot brake has been activated once.

Cruise control is operated with buttons m , g, and § on the turn signal stalk.

Do not use the c ruise control if it is not adv isable to maintain a c onstant sp eed (e.g. in situations presenting a danger to yourself and other road users, in heavy traffic or on winding , slippery or greasy roads).

With automatic transmission or CVTronic, it is ad visab le to only use the cruise control in D gear or continuously variable a utoma tic mode.

When the cruise control is active, reaction times may be increased due to the different position of the feet.

Control ind icator m Lights up for a few seconds when ignition is switched on. The system is now ready for op eration.

When driving, the control indicator m will lig ht up as soon as the system is switched on.

To act ivate:Tap button m : the current sp eed is stored and m ainta ined. The accelerator pedal can b e released .

Vehicle speed can be increased by depressing the accelerator pedal. When the accelerator ped al is relea sed, the previously stored sp eed is resum ed.

Inc rea seWith cruise control a ctive, hold down button m or tap it repeatedly: speed is increa sed continuously or in steps of1.2 mph (2 km /h) without using the acc elerator pedal.

When button m is released the current speed is stored and maintained.

Disreg ard of these instructions may lead to injuries or end ang er life.

Page 175: Vectra Manual

173

Decelera teWith cruise control active, press button g or tap it repeatedly: speed is reduced continuously or in steps of 1.2 mph (2 km/h).

When button g is released the current speed is stored and m aintained.

To dea ctivate:Ta p button § : cruise control is switched off, control indicator m goes out and the vehicle slowly dec elera tes. To continue driving, depress the accelerator pedal in the usual manner.

For reasons of safety, c ruise control switches off automatically under certa in driving conditions.For example:

z the vehicle’s speed drops belowapprox . 20 mph (30 km/h) or

z the brake peda l is depressed or

z the clutch p edal is depressed or

z automatic transmission or CVTronic selector lever in N.

Resuming the stored speedTap button g at a speed above 20 m ph (30 km/h): the speed selected before the cruise control w as switched off is resumed.

The stored speed is erased when the ignition is switched off.

Page 176: Vectra Manual

174

Parking distance sensors 3 The p arking dista nce sensors m akes reverse p arking easier by m easuring the distance b etween the vehicle and an obstacle, and giving an acoustic signal in the p assenger compartment.

The system registers distance b y means of four sensors in each of the front and rear bumpers.

To act ivate:With the ignition switched on and in vehicles with automatic transmission or CVTronic, the front and rear parking distance sensors are a utomatically ena bled when reverse gear is selected or the selector lever is moved to the R position.

The parking distance sensors c an also be activa ted a t speed s of less than 15 mph (25 km/h) by pressing the r button on the instrument panel.

The functional read iness of the system is indicated by the LED in the button lighting up.

Page 177: Vectra Manual

175

If the vehicle approaches a n ob stacle to the front or rea r, a series of signals is sounded in the vehicle interior. The interval between the signals becomes shorter a s the d istance is reduced. If the dista nce is less than 30 cm , the signal will b e continuous.

To deactivate:To d eactiva te the system, press button r again, the LED in the button w ill go dark.

The system switches itself off autom atically when the forwards speed exceeds approx. 15 mph (25 km/h).

Control ind icator r If it lights upFault in the system. The system is not ready for operation. Have the fault remedied. We recommend that you consult a Va uxha ll Authorised Repairer. The system’s integrated self-diag nostics a llows faults to be q uick ly remedied.

If it flashesThe fault is d ue to sensors obstructed with snow or ice. The sensors must be undam aged a nd free of d irt, snow and ic e.

Interference due to external sources of ultra sound (e.g . pneum atic drills, rota ry machines). Once the source of interference is removed, the system will operate normally .

Carava n / trailer tow ing equipm ent 3, ca ravan / t railer tow ingThe system automatically detects if a towbar is fitted to the vehicle.

When towing, inserting the tra iler plug in the socket automatically switches off the park ing distance sensors.

Fitting rear load racks 3 Rear load racks, e.g . bicycle racks, fitted nea r the sensors could disrupt the system .

Und er certain circum stances, various reflective surfaces on objects or clothing as w ell as external noise sourc es may cause the system to fail to detect ob stacles. For this reason, care must be ta ken when reversing even if the park ing distance sensors are op erational. This is of p artic ular im porta nce when in the vicinity of ped estria ns.

Page 178: Vectra Manual

176

Tyre pressure control system 3The tyre pressure c ontrol system continuously monitors the pressure in all four ty res whilst the vehic le is b eing driven.

Ea ch wheel is fitted with a pressure sensor. Information on indiv id ua l tyre pressures is sent to a c ontrol unit and the p ressures of the ty res on the same axle are compared. If the system detects one or m ore differences in tyre pressure, the ty res affected will be show n in the tachometer display. On vehicles with chec k control 3, the p ressure in the respective ty re w ill be accurately shown in the informa tion display.

In order for the system to b e operable, all wheels must b e equipped with pressure sensors and the tyres m ust be filled to the correct pressure. The ty re pressure control system detects automatically if the vehicle is driven with a tyre pressure correct for a load of up to 3 persons or for a full load.

Once the ignition is switched on, the system is operational and w ill continuously monitor the tyre pressures at speeds of approx. 20 m ph (30 km /h) and a bove.

Tyre p ressures – see pages 184, 268.

Control ind icator w for system faultshow n in tachom eter d isplayIf it lig hts w hile driving, there is a fault in the system. Ha ve the cause of the fault rectified. We recommend tha t you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer. The system’s integrated self-diagnostics allows fa ults to be quickly remedied.

If a wheel without pressure sensor (e.g. spare wheel) is mounted, w is displayed.

Displa y x in the ta chometer dial (exam ple)If it lights while driving , tyre pressure differences are ind icated by an a rrow pointing to the ty res in question.

If d isplay is yellowthe loss of pressure is minor, continue driving a t reduced speed. Check tyre pressure at next opportunity using suitab le tyre pressure gauge, and correct the pressure as required.

If d isplay is redma jor d ifference in pressure or complete loss of pressure! Stop imm ediately and check tyre. If necessary, fit spare ty re – see pag es 205, 208.

The ty re p ressure control system does not replac e the need to check tyres manually using a suitable pressure gauge.

Check ty re pressures no less tha n every 14 days and p rior to any long journey . Tyre pressures should be checked when cold. Don’t forget to check the spare.

Page 179: Vectra Manual

177

Displays in grap hical inform ation d isp lay 3 or colour informa tion display 3In version with c heck control 3 differing air pressures a re displayed in m essa ges in the inform ation d isplay whilst d riv ing (Fig. 13356 J shows colour informa tion display, Fig. 13357 J shows graphical inform ation d isplay).

For example, the following m essa ges can be d isplayed:

Chec k rear left tyre pressure

At the same time a diagram is shown identifying the rear left ty re and listing the tyre p ressure: the loss of pressure is minor, continue driv ing at red uc ed speed. Chec k tyre p ressure at next opportunity using suitable tyre pressure gauge, and correc t the pressure as required.

On the colour information disp la y this report will app ear in yellow.

Attent ion!Rea r left tyre p ressure loss

At the sam e time a diagram is show n identify ing the rear left tyre and listing the tyre pressure: m ajor difference in pressure or comp lete loss of pressure! S top imm ediately and c heck ty re. If necessary, fit spare tyre – see pages 205, 208.

On the colour informa tion display this report will appear in red.

Acknowledgem ent of warnings – see pag e 42.

6

Page 180: Vectra Manual

178

Genera l informa tionThe spare wheel is not fitted with a pressure sensor. When the spare wheel is fitted, the tyre pressure control system will not operate on this w heel, and the c ontrol indicator w will light up. The system rem ains operational for the other three wheels.

If a complete set of wheels not fitted with sensors for the tyre pressure control system is used, e.g. four w heels with winter ty res, or if retro-fitting a different size of tyre, no fault report will b e displayed. The system will not be operational. Sensors for the tyre pressure control system can b e fitted retrospectively if so desired. We recom mend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

Vehicles with the tyre pressure control system can be recognised by metal ty re valve stems with aluminium valve cap s instead of conventiona l rubb er shafts with plastic valve caps. When m anually checking ty re pressure w ith p ressure gauge, screw ada pter to valve. Tyre pressure – see page 184.

The tyre pressure monitoring system valve cores and sealing rings must be replaced each time the tyres are changed. We recommend that you contact a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

The use of liquid filled run-flat systems or repair kits can impair the functioning of the system.

Page 181: Vectra Manual

179

Autom atic Level Control System3 The Automa tic Level Control System a llows the vehicle height to be kept practically constant thus significantly imp rov ing the handling when the rear of the vehicle is sub jected to varying loads – such as when towing a ca ravan / trailer.

During travel, the vehicle is automatically ra ised at the rear, increasing the spring tra vel a nd ground clearance.

The Autom atic Level Control System is activated after ap prox . 2 miles (3 k ilometres), depending on the vehicle loa ding and the nature of the road surface.

Head lig ht range adjustment – see page 117.

In the event of m alfunctions, do not utilise the vehicle’s full load capa city. H ave the cause rem edied without delay . We recommend that you consult a Va uxha ll Authorised Repairer.

Page 182: Vectra Manual

180

Brakes

Brake systemThe effectiveness of the brakes is a n important factor for traffic safety.

To improve effectiveness, do not b ra ke unnecessarily hard for the first 125 miles (200 km) after new brake pads have been fitted.

Brake pad wear must not exceed a specified limit. Regular maintenance as detailed in the Service Book let is therefore of the utmost importance for traffic safety.

Control ind icator F for brake pad w ea rIf it lights when the engine is running : front disc brake pads worn down to minimum thickness.

Have worn brake pads replaced. We recommend that you consult a Va uxha ll Authorised Repairer, who will fit pads that ha ve b een tested a nd approved by Vauxhall and guarantee optimum braking power.

Foot bra ke The foot brake comprises two independent brake circuits.

If a brake circuit fails, the vehicle can still be braked using the other brake circuit. If this occurs, however, the brake pedal must be depressed q uite far using considerab le force before braking effect occurs. The distance required for b ra king will be greater. Consult a workshop before continuing your journey. We recommend a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

Page 183: Vectra Manual

181

To ensure that full pedal travel can be utilised, especially if there is a fault in one of the brake circuits, there must b e no mats in the p edal area.

When the engine is not running, the assistance of the brake servo unit disappears once the brake ped al has been depressed once or twice. Braking effect is not reduced, b ut b ra king requires significantly greater force. This is especially important to bear in mind when towing.

Check the brake lights b efore starting out on a journey. On vehicles with check control 3 the brake lights are checked automatically – see page 46.

Shortly after starting each journey the effectiveness of the b ra ke system should be tested at low speed and without inconveniencing other tra ffic, especia lly if the b ra kes are wet, e.g. after the vehicle has been washed.

The b ra ke fluid level should be checked reg ularly . If the brake fluid level is too low and the hand brake is not ap plied, control indicator R on the instrum ent panel lights up – see page 34.

Handbra keAlw ays apply handb ra ke firmly . On slopes apply the handb ra ke as firmly as possible.

The mechanic al handbrake acts on the brakes on the rear wheels. It engages autom atic ally when applied.

To release the handbrake pull the lever up slightly, press the ratchet knob , and fully low er the lever.

Brake system control indicator R The control indicator lights when the ignition is switched on, if the handbrake is app lied or if the b ra ke or clutch fluid level is too low. B ra ke fluid level – see page 240.

If the control indicator lights w hen the ha nd brake is not applied: Stop. Interrupt your journey immediately . Consult a workshop. We rec om mend a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

Page 184: Vectra Manual

182

ABS u The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) continuously monitors the vehicle’s brake system a nd prevents the wheels from locking regardless of the road c ondition and tyre grip.

It starts to regulate the braking p ressure as soon as a w heel shows a tendency to lock. The vehicle remains steera ble, even in the event of very heavy braking, for instance on bends or when sw erving to avoid an obstacle. Even in the ca se of full-on braking, the ABS makes it p ossible to drive round an obsta cle without releasing the brakes.

AB S control is m ade apparent though a pulse in the brake pedal a nd the noise of the reg ulation process.

For optimum braking, keep the brake peda l fully dep ressed throughout the braking process, despite the fact that the peda l is p ulsating. Do not reduce the pressure on the pedal.

Do not let this special safety feature tempt you into taking risks when driving.

Tra ffic safety can only b e ac hieved by adopting a responsible d riv ing sty le.

Page 185: Vectra Manual

183

Control indica tor u for ABSIf illuminates for several seconds when the ignition is switched on and the system undergoes a self-check at the same time (may be audible). The system is ready for operation when the control indica tor goes off.

If the control indicator does not g o out after a few second s, or if it lights while driving, there is a fault in the ABS. The brake system remains operational without ABS regulation.

You can continue driving, prov ided you drive with care a nd antic ipation.

Have c ause of fault remedied. We recommend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repa irer. The system’s integrated self-diagnostics allows faults to be quickly remedied .

If there is a fault in ABS, the wheels may be subjec t to locking d ue to brak ing that is heavier tha n normal. The adva ntages of ABS are no longer op erational. The vehicle ca n no longer be steered and may swerve.

Page 186: Vectra Manual

184

Wheels, tyres

TyresSee page 268 for suitable tyres a nd restrictions.

Factory-fitted tyres are m atched to the chassis and offer optimum driving comfort and safety .

Changing tyre / wheel typeBefore switching to different tyres or wheels, seek advice on technical possibilities. We recommend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer, who will be able to advise you of any necessary mod ifications. If tyres of a size different than those fitted a t the factory are used, the electronic speedometer may require reprogramming to ensure tha t the correct speed is displayed.

Vehicles withTyre Pressure Control System 3When using winter ty res or you change to other tyre sizes, tyre pressure control system sensors can b e retro-fitted if required. We recommend tha t you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer. Otherwise the system w ill not indicate tyre pressure differences.

Tyre p ressure control system 3 – see page 176.

Fitting new tyr esFit tyres in pa irs or in sets, which is even better. Ensure tha t tyres on one axle arez the same siz e,z the same design,z the same make,z and have the same tread pattern.

Fit directional tyres such that they roll in the direction of travel. The rolling direction is indicated by a symbol (e.g. an arrow) on the sidewall.

Tyres fitted opposing the rolling direction (e.g. when a tyre is changed) should be refitted as soon as possible. This is the only way to obtain full benefit from the design properties of the tyre.

Tyre inflation pressureCheck ty re pressures, including the spare wheel, a t least every 14 da ys and prior to any long journey ; the ty res should b e checked when cold. Don’ t forget to chec k the spare.

Use of unsuitab le tyres or wheels m ay lead to accidents and render the vehicle unroa d-worthy .

We recom mend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer to have the tyres replaced. A Vauxhall Authorised Repairer knows the legal regulations concerning the disposal of tyres and therefore protects the environment and your health.

Page 187: Vectra Manual

185

Use the valve cap key to make it easier to unscrew the valve c aps. The key is located on the inside of the tank flap. On vehicles with Tyre pressure control system 3, there is an adapter in the valve cap key. For fitting the pressure ga uge ada pter to the valve – see page 176.

Tyre inflation pressures – see page 268 and label on inside of tank flap. After changing tyre siz es, have the la bel replaced.

Do not reduce tyre pressure when the ty res are warm. Otherwise the pressure m ay drop below the permissible minim um when the ty res cool down.

After having chec ked the tyre pressures, tig hten the va lve ca ps using the valve cap key .

Incorrect infla tion pressures will imp air safety, vehicle handling, comfort and fuel economy and will increase tyre wear.

If the pressure is too low, this can result in considera ble ty re warm -up and internal damage, leading to trea d separation and even to tyre blow-out at high sp eeds.

Hidden tyre d amage is not eliminated by subsequently adjusting the inflation pressure.

Tyre condition, wheel conditionDrive over edges slowly and at a right angle if possible. Driv ing over sharp edg es can lead to hidd en tyre damage and wheel dam age which is only noticed later on.

When p arking, ensure that the tyres are not pressed against the edge of the kerb.

Check ty res regularly for d amage (foreign bodies, punctures, cuts, cracks, bulges in sidewa lls). Check wheels for dam age. In the event of damag e or ab normal wear, consult a workshop. We recommend a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

Incorrect ty re pressure may result in tyre blow-out.

Damage may lead to tyre blow-out.

Page 188: Vectra Manual

186

Tread depthCheck tread depth regularly. If the front tyres show greater wear than the rear tyres, swa p the front wheels with the rea r wheels so that the tyres with deep er tread are on the front axle.

For reasons of safety, tyres should be rep la ced when their tread depth has worn down to 2 to 3 mm (winter tyres: 4 mm).

The leg ally permissible minimum trea d depth (1.6 mm) has been reached when the tread has worn down as far as one of the wear indicators (TWI1)). A number of wear indicators are sp aced at eq ual intervals around the tyre within the trea d. Their position is indicated by m arkings on the tyre sid ewall.

General information

z The danger of aq uap laning is greater if the ty res are worn.

z Tyres age, even if they a re used only very little or not at all. A spare wheel which has not b een used for six years should be used w ith ca re.

z Never fit used tyres the previous history and use of which you do not know.

z So as not to impair b ra ke cooling, use only wheel trims approved for use on your vehicle.

Tyre d esigna tionsMeaning s:

e.g. 195/65 R 15 91 H

195 = Tyre width in mm 65 = Aspect ratio

(ty re height to tyre width) in % R = Belt type: Radial 15 = Rim diam eter in inches 91 = Load ind ex

e.g .: 91 represents 618 kg H = Speed cod e

Speed code letters:

Q Up to 100 mph (160 km /h) S Up to 112 mph (180 km /h) T Up to 118 mph (190 km /h) H Up to 130 mph (210 km /h) V Up to 150 mph (240 km /h) W Up to 168 mph (270 km /h)

1) TWI = Tread Wear Indicator.

Page 189: Vectra Manual

187

Winter tyresFor notes on fitting new tyres – see page 184.

See page 268 for restric tions.

Winter tyres (M+ S tyres) im prove safety at tem peratures below 7 °C and should therefore be fitted on all the wheels.

The d esign of summ er tyres mea ns they have limited qualities for winter driving.

If the maxim um perm issible speed for the winter ty res is less than that of the vehicle, a notice ind icating the ma ximum permissible speed for the tyres must be affixed within the driver’s field of v ision1).

If you use the spare wheel when it is fitted with a summer tyre, the vehicle’s driveability may be affected, espec ia lly on slip pery roa d surfaces. Ob ta in a rep la cement for the faulty ty re as soon a s possible, and have the wheel balanced and fitted to the vehicle.

Tyre chainsSee pag e 268 for restrictions.

Tyre chains are only p ermitted on the front drive wheels.

Alw ays use fine mesh chains that add no more than 15 m m to the ty re tread and the inboard sides (including chain lock).

We rec om mend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

Wheel trim on steel wheels could come into contact with parts of the cha ins and b e dam aged . Remove the wheel trim – see pag e 209.

Tyre cha ins may only be used at sp eeds up to 30 mph (50 km/h)1). When driving on roads that are free of snow, they may only be used for brief periods since they are subject to rap id wea r on ha rd roads and could snap.

Tempora ry w heel 3 Tyre chains must not be used on the temporary spare wheel. If you need to use tyre chains after suffering a flat front tyre, fit the temporary spa re on the rear ax le and transfer one of the rea r wheels to the front axle.

Wheel changing – see pag e 208.

Adjust tyre infla tion pressure. Tyre pressure control system 3 – see page 176.

1) Varies fro m country to country o n account of national regulations .

Page 190: Vectra Manual

188

Roof racks, caravan and trailer towing

Roof racks 3 For reasons of safety and to avoid dam aging the roof, we rec om mend that you use the Va uxha ll roof rack system approved for your vehicle. Consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

Driving hints – see page 158.

Version without roof rail ingLift the covers from the fitting openings.

Attac h roof rack a t app ropriate points, see enclosed roof luggage rack system instructions.

Version with roof ra iling 3 Attach roof rack to roof railing at p oints show n in figure, see enclosed roof luggage rack system instructions.

Disreg ard of these notes ca n lead to injuries which may be fatal. Vehicle passengers should be informed according ly .

Page 191: Vectra Manual

189

Towing equipment 3 If the vehicle is not equipped with towing equipm ent, w e recommend having it retro-fitted by a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer, who will provide information about possible trailer load inc reases. The Vauxhall Authorised Repairer ha s instructions on how to install the towing equipm ent and any modifications that are req uired to the vehicle tha t affect the cooling system or other equipment.

For installation dimensions of the tra iler towing equip m ent – see pages 278, 279, 280.

Towing equipment with rem ovable coupling ball bar 3 ,Version with turn knob 3Stow age of coupl ing bal l barThe c oupling ba ll bar is stowed in a bag stra pped to the spare wheel – see page 195.

Fit ting the coupl ing bal l barPush ends of closure plugs together and pull out of opening for coupling b all bar. Stow the closure p lugs in the lug gage compartment.

Checking the tensioning of the coupling ball bar:z Red marking on turn knob points

tow ards green marking on coupling ball bar.

z Gap of approx . 6 millimetres between rotary knob and c oupling b all bar.

z Key is in lock.

The coupling ba ll bar should be removed or folded awa y when not in use.

Page 192: Vectra Manual

190

Otherwise, the coup ling ball bar m ust be tensioned before it is inserted into the coupling housing: z Open coup ling ball bar,

z Pull turn knob out and then turn it cloc kwise as far as it will g o – see figure.

Inserting the coupling ball ba r:Insert the coupling ball b ar into the coupling housing and press the coupling ball bar firmly upwards until it engages in position.

The turn knob snap s b ack into its hom e position resting against the coupling ball bar.

Open coupling ba ll bar. Remove key and put on provided protective c lip .

When the coup ling ball bar is locked the turn knob can no longer be p ulled out.

Do not touch the turn knob when inserting the coupling ball bar - risk of injury .

Page 193: Vectra Manual

191

Im portantCheck that the coup ling ball bar is correctly attached :

z Red m arking on turn knob points towa rd s w hite marking on coupling ball bar.

z No g ap between turn knob a nd coupling ball bar.

z Coupling ball bar must be seated firmly in c oupling housing.

z Coupling ball bar must be locked and key must be removed.

Dism ounting the coupl ing bal l barClose coupling ball b ar.

Pull the turn knob out a nd then turn it cloc kwise as far as it will go. Pull the coupling b all bar downwards out of the coupling housing and stow it in the lugg age compartment – see page 195, Fig. 14086 J .

Insert the sealing p lug in the hole for the coupling b all bar.

Do not use steam-jet cleaners or other high-pressure cleaners to clean the coupling b all bar.

Towing equipment with removable coupling ball bar 3,version with levers 3 Stowage of coup ling ba ll barThe coupling b all bar is stow ed in a bag strapped to the spare wheel – see pag e 195.

Fitting the coupling b all b arRemoving the cover from the bumpercut-out: push the two slider ca tches towards each other and remove the cover downwards.

Towing a caravan / trailer is only permitted with a properly attached coupling ball bar. If the coupling b all ba r cannot be properly attached, consult a workshop. We recom mend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised R epairer.

Page 194: Vectra Manual

192

Remove the sealing plug from the hole for the c oupling ba ll bar. S tow both parts in the lugga ge c om partment.

Check ing the tensioning of the coupling ball bar:Lever 1 m ust not protrude from the housing.

Otherwise, the coupling ball bar must be tensioned before it is inserted into the coupling housing: Push lever 1 to the left with left hand, at the sam e time pushing lever 2 forwa rd s – see diagram.

Inserting the coupling b all bar:Insert the coup ling ball bar into the coupling housing by apply ing slight pressure and allow it to engage in position. It will loc k automatically and loud ly.

Fit the protective c ap to levers 1 and 2 and eng age. If it does not engage, re-tension the coupling ball bar and repeat the fitting procedure. I f necessary, consult a workshop. We recommend a Vauxhall Authorised Repa irer.

Page 195: Vectra Manual

193

Insert the key in the lock cylinder on the left-hand side of the coupling ball ba r a nd lock. The longer side of the key g rip must point downwards. Remove the key and fit the sealing cap to the lock cy linder.

Imp or tantCheck that the coupling ball bar is correctly attached:

z Protective cap for levers 1 and 2 m ust be fitted and locked in place.

z Coupling ba ll bar must be seated firm ly in coupling housing.

z Coupling ba ll bar must be locked and key m ust be rem oved.

Dism ounting the coupl ing bal l barRemove the sealing cap from the lock cylinder. Insert the key in the lock cy linder and unlock . Remove the key a nd fit the sealing cap to the lock cy linder.

Remove the protective c ap for levers 1 and 2.

Push lever 1 to the left with left hand.

Push lever 2 forwards.

Pull coupling ball bar out of coupling housing.

Insert the sealing plug in the hole for the coupling ball b ar.

Fitting the cover for the bumper cut-out: Push the two slider ca tc hes tow ards each other, insert the cover and slide the catches bac k outwards.

Do not use steam -jet cleaners or other high-pressure clea ners to clean the coupling ball b ar.

Towing a c aravan / trailer is only permitted w ith a properly attached coupling b all bar. If the coup ling ball bar cannot be properly attached, consult a workshop . We recommend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

Page 196: Vectra Manual

194

Towing equipment with pivoting coupling ball bar 3Folding out the c oup ling b all ba rThe release lever is in the stowage compartment to the left in the luggage compartment.

To open the stowa ge c om partment, push both latches down and open the cover.

Push the release lever down; the LED remains lit as long as the coupling ball bar is not eng aged. A warning buzzer also sounds and the coupling ba ll bar pivots down.

Pivot the coup ling ball bar rearwards until it engages. The LED must go out and the warning buzzer must cea se, otherwise repeat the proced ure.

Importa ntCheck tha t the coupling ball bar is correctly attached:

z LED is not lit

z No warning buzzer

Make sure that no one is in the pivot zone of the coupling ball ba r. Risk of bodily injury.

Tow ing is only permissible if the coupling ball bar is fitted properly. I f the coup ling ball bar d oes not engage correctly , the LED does not go out or the warning buzzer does not stop sound ing, consult a workshop. We rec om mend a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

Page 197: Vectra Manual

195

Stow ing the coupl ing bal l barOpen the stowage compa rtm ent – see page 205.

Push the release lever down; the LED rem ains lit as long a s the coupling ball b ar is not engaged. A warning buz zer a lso sounds and the coupling ball bar p ivots down.

Pivot the coupling ball bar to the right and up. The LED must go out and the warning buzzer must cease, otherwise repeat the proced ure.

Stow ing the removable coupling ball bar 3 Stow the coupling b all bar in the bag and strap it to the spare w heel a s shown in the figure.

Caravan and trailer loads1)

The permissib le caravan / tra iler loads are vehicle d epend ent and engine dependent ma ximum values which must not be exceeded. The actua l caravan / trailer load is the d ifference between the actual gross weight of the caravan / tra iler and the actual c oupling socket load with the caravan / tra iler attached . When the caravan / tra iler load is being checked, therefore, only the caravan / trailer wheels – and not the jockey wheel – must be standing on the weighing apparatus.

The permissib le caravan / tra iler loads for your vehicle are given in the vehicle documents. Unless otherwise stated, they are valid for g ra dients up to max. 12 %.

1) Observe n atio nal regulations.

Page 198: Vectra Manual

196

The p ermissible caravan / trailer load should b e fully utilised only b y drivers who are adequa tely experienced in towing large or heavy caravans / trailers.

The p ermissible caravan / trailer load applies up to the specified incline and up to an altitude of 1000 m etres above sea level. Since engine power decreases as altitude increases because of the air becom ing thinner, therefore reducing climbing ability, the p ermitted towing weig ht a lso decreases by 10 % for every 1000 metres of additional altitude. The towing weight does not have to be reduced when driv ing on roads with slight inclines (less than 8 %, e.g. m otorways).

The ac tual ca ra van / trailer load plus the actual gross vehicle weight must not exceed the m aximum permitted towing weig ht. For exam ple, if the perm itted gross vehicle weight is utilised, the caravan / trailer load m ust only be used until the maximum perm itted towing weight is reac hed. The maximum permitted towing weig ht is shown on the identifica tion plate – see pag e 250.

Coupling socket loadThe coupling socket load is the load exerted by the caravan / trailer on the coupling ball. It can be varied b y chang ing the weight distribution when loading the caravan / trailer.

The maxim um perm issible coupling socket loa d (78 kg ) is specified on the towing equipment identification plate and in the vehicle documents. Always a im for the maximum loa d, especially in the case of heavy caravans / trailers. The coupling socket load should never fall below 25 kg.

When m easuring the coupling socket load, make sure that the draw bar of the loaded caravan / trailer is at the same height as it will be when the c aravan / trailer is coupled with the towing vehicle loaded. Particularly important for c aravans / trailers w ith tand em axle.

Rear axle load during towingWhen the caravan / trailer is coup led a nd the towing vehic le fully loaded (including all occupants), the perm issible rear ax le loa d (see identification plate or vehicle docum ents) may be exceeded by 40 kg (90 lbs). If the permissib le rear axle load is exc eeded, a maximum speed of 60 mph (100 km/h) a pplies. If national regula tions specify a low er ma ximum speed for vehicles towing a caravan / trailer, this must b e observed.

Tyre inflation pressureIncrease tyre pressure on the towing vehicle to the value specified for the loa d – see page 268. Also check the tyre inflation pressure on the caravan / trailer wheels and the spare w heel.

Page 199: Vectra Manual

197

Driving characteristics, towing tipsBefore attaching the ca ra van / trailer, lubricate the ball of the caravan / trailer towing device. However, do not do so if a stabiliser, which acts on the coupling ba ll, is being used to damp hunting.

Handling is greatly influenced by the loading of the caravan / trailer. Loads should therefore be secured so that they cannot slip and be placed in the c entre of the c aravan / trailer if possib le, i.e. above the a xle.

When pulling trailers whose stability on the road is low, and caravans whose perm itted total weight exc eeds 1400 kg, speeds should b e kept below 50 mph (80 km/h); the use of an anti-hunting damper is emphatically recommend ed.

Check caravan / trailer lighting b efore starting to drive. The fog tail lights on the vehicle are deactivated w hen towing a caravan or trailer.

Do not d rive faster than 50 mph (80 km/h) if possible, even in countries where hig her speeds are permitted.

Make sure that you have enough room when cornering and a void sud den manoeuvres.

If the caravan / trailer starts to swa y, drive more slowly, d o not a ttempt to correct the steering and b ra ke sharply if necessary.

The cooling fan is electrically operated. Its cooling p ow er is therefore independent of the engine speed.

Since a considerable amount of heat is genera ted at high engine speeds and less at slower speeds, do not shift d ow n when climbing hills whilst the vehicle is still coping with the gradient in the higher g ear.

Diesel engine: On rising gradients of 10 % or more, do not drive faster than 20 mph (30 km/h) in 1st gea r or 30 mp h (50 km/h) in 2nd gear; with automatic transmission 3 , do not exceed 25 mph (40 km/h) in position 1.

The brakes are heav ily loaded when towing a caravan / trailer d ow n long gradients, so select the sam e gear as you would driving uphill and drive at roug hly the sam e speed. The automatic transmission 3 or CVTronic 3 w ill automatically select the driving programm e w ith the optimum eng ine brak ing effect.

If necessary, the gears can a lso be selec ted ma nually.

If it is necessary to apply the brakes fully , depress the brake pedal a s hard as possible.

Remem ber that the braking d istance for vehicles towing carava ns / trailers w ith and without brake is always greater than that for vehic les not tow ing a caravan / trailer.

Page 200: Vectra Manual

198

Starting on inclinesVehicles with ma nual transmission:

The m ost favourable engine sp eed when starting off on an incline is b etween 2500 and 3000 rpm for p etrol engines a nd between 2000 and 2200 rpm for diesel engines. Hold engine rpm c onstant, enga ge c lutch grad ually (let slip), release brake and open throttle. If possib le, the engine sp eed should not drop d uring this proced ure.

In vehicles with autom atic transmission 3 or CVTronic 3 , use full throttle.

Before starting off under extreme conditions (high c om bination w eight, mountainous terrain with steep inc lines), switch off all unnecessary elec trica l loa ds (e.g. heated rear wind ow , air conditioning system 3, heated seats 3).

Page 201: Vectra Manual

199

Self-help Diesel fuel system, bleedingNever let the tank run dry ! If c ontrol indica tor Y lights up, refuel as soon as possible. Refuel immediately if it fla shes.

It is p ossib le to restart the engine if the ta nk ha s b een run dry . A delayed start is to be exp ected. Attempt to start the engine for a maximum of 60 sec onds. If the eng ine d oes not sta rt, wa it a few minutes and try aga in.

Do not start with quick chargerThis prevents d amage to electronic components.

Do not start by pushing or towingBecause your vehicle is fitted with a catalytic converter, it must not be started by pushing or towing.

Disreg ard of these notes ca n lead to injuries which may be fatal. Vehicle passengers should be informed according ly .

Page 202: Vectra Manual

200

Starting the engine with jump leads 3 A vehicle with a discharged battery can be started using jump lead s and the battery of another vehicle.

z Never expose the b attery to naked flames or sparks.

z Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes, skin, fa bric s or painted surfaces. The fluid contains sulp huric ac id which can cause injuries and d amage in the event of d irect contact.

z Wear eye protec tion and protective clothing when handling a b attery.

z Make sure that the battery p rov id ing the jump start has the same voltage as the battery in your vehicle (12 V). Its capa city (Ah) must not be substantially lower than that of the discha rg ed battery. The voltage and capa city are stated on the battery .

z Do not disconnect the discharged battery from the vehicle.

z Switch off all unnecessary electrical consumers.

z Do not lean over the ba ttery during jump starting.

z Do not allow the terminals of one lead to touch those of the other lead .

z Apply handbrake. Transmission in neutral, automatic transmission 3 or CVTronic 3 in P.

The battery is in a box at the front of the eng ine compartm ent, on the right-hand side as v iewed from the front. To open the box, pull the c over forwards and swing it upwards.

This must be done with extrem e ca re. Any dev iation from the following instruc tions c ould lea d to personal injury or damage resulting from battery explosion, as well as to damage to the elec trical systems in both vehicles.

Page 203: Vectra Manual

201

Connect the lea ds in the order shown in the figure:

1. Connect one end of the first jump lead to the positive terminal 1 of the battery prov iding the jump start (identified by "+" sign on battery case or terminal).

2. Connect the other end of this lea d to the positive terminal 2 of the discharged battery ("+" sign).

3. Connect the first end of the other jump lead to the negative terminal 3 of the battery prov iding the start ("–" sign).

4. Connect the other end of the second jump lead 4 to ground on the other vehicle, e.g. engine block or screw connection in the engine suspension.

z Do not connect leads to negative term inal of discharged battery!

z The connection p oint should be as far away from the discharged battery as possible.

z Route the lead s so that they cannot catch on rotating parts in the engine compa rtm ent.

z The eng ine of the vehicle prov iding the jum p sta rt can be allowed to run d uring starting. Attempts to start the engine of the vehicle with the disc ha rg ed b attery should be made at intervals of one minute and should not la st longer tha n 15 seconds. After starting, allow both engines to idle for approx. 3 minutes w ith the leads still connected.

z In order to a void excess voltage in the electric al system, b efore removing a lead, sw itc h on a n electrica l consumer (e.g. light, heated rear window) in the vehicle receiving the jump sta rt.

z Reverse above seq uence exac tly when removing leads.

Page 204: Vectra Manual

202

Towing the vehicleTo open the cover concealing the towing eye socket at the front right of the vehicle: disengage the cover a t the bottom by pressing and pull it off downwards.

The towing eye is located in the compartment containing the jack and vehic le tools underneath the spare wheel in the lugga ge c om partment. Vehicle jack and tools – see page 208.

Screw in the towing eye anti-c lockwise as fa r as it will go and use the wheel bolt wrench to tighten it until it is fully horizontal. Vehicle tools – see page 208.

Attac h the tow rope 3 – or better still a tow rod 3 – to the eye.

Switch on ignition to release steering colum n lock and to permit opera tion of brake lights, horn and windscreen wiper.

Manua l tra nsmission in neutral, automatic tra nsmission 3 or CVTronic 3 in N.

Drive slowly . Do not drive jerkily . Excessive tractive force c an damage the vehicle.

To prevent the entry of exhaust fum es from the tow ing vehicle, switch on the air recirc ulation 3 and close the wind ow s.

Vehicles with automatic tra nsmission 3 should b e towed facing forw ards only and must not be tow ed faster than 50 mph (80 km/h) or further than 60 miles (100 km). If the transmission is defective, or if the above speed or distance is to be exceeded, the front ax le m ust be raised off the ground.

Vehicles with CVTronic 3, always tow forward, no faster than 15 mph (25 km/h) and no further than 50 miles (80 km). If transmission is d amaged or driving a t faster speeds or longer distances, lift vehicle a t front ax le.

Consult a workshop . We recommend a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer, who will serve you b est to get your vehicle back on the roa d.

Significantly greater force is req uired for braking: the brake servo unit is only operational when the engine is running .

Considerably greater steering force is necessary since this unit is opera tive only when the engine is running.

Page 205: Vectra Manual

203

Towing serviceEntrust your vehicle only to the towing service of your choice and obtain an estimate on tow ing costs before employing any towing serv ice. In this w ay you a void unnecessary costs and possible insurance problem s during c la im processing .

Towing another vehicleTo op en the cover c oncealing the towing eye socket at the rear right of the vehicle: disengage the cover at the bottom and pull it off d ow nwa rds.

The towing eye is located in the compartment containing the ja ck and vehicle tools underneath the spare w heel in the luggage compartment. Vehicle jack and tools – see page 208.

Screw in the towing eye anti-clockwise as far as it will go and use the wheel bolt wrenc h to tig hten it until it is fully horizontal. Vehicle tools – see pag e 208.

Attach the tow rope 3 – or better still a tow rod 3 – to the eye.

Drive slowly . Do not drive jerkily . Excessive tractive force c an damage the vehicle.

Page 206: Vectra Manual

204

Warning triangle ¨ 3 ,SaloonThe warning triangle is secured to the boot lid with reta ining clips (see figure). Slide the triangle up and out of the clips. In some editions, the warning triangle is stowed together with the first-aid kit in a stowage compartment in the left-hand side trim.

First-aid kit + 3,SaloonThe first-aid kit / cushion is stowed in a stowage comp artment in the left-hand side trim .

To acc ess p ress d ow n bar and open the cover.

When loading the vehicle, alwa ys make sure the first-aid kit is ac cessible.

Page 207: Vectra Manual

205

Warning triangle ¨ 3 ,First-aid kit + 3,EstateThe w arning triangle and first-aid kit / cushion are stored in a stowage compartment in the left-hand side trim.

To op en, press down b oth latc hes in the cover a nd open.

When loa ding the vehicle, always ma ke certain that the warning triangle and first-aid kit are easily accessible.

Spare wheelS a loonThe spare wheel is located in the luggage compa rtm ent under the floor cover. It is secured with a pla stic wing nut.

To open the floor cover, pull up the handle or strap.

Page 208: Vectra Manual

206

Estate The spare wheel is located in the luggage compartment under the load floor. It is secured with a plastic wing nut.

To op en the load floor, pull the release lever and lift the load floor c om pletely.

Disengage the hook 3 located on the underside of the handle and suspend it from the up per sea ling edge so that the load floor rem ains open.

Page 209: Vectra Manual

207

Genera l informa tionDep ending on version, the spa re wheel may take the form of a temp orary sp are wheel 3. Refer to the notes on pag es 187, 212, 268.

On vehicles w ith a lloy wheels 3 the spare wheel may have a steel rim.

If you use winter tyres 3, the spare wheel may still be fitted with a summer tyre. I f you use the spare wheel the vehicle’s ha nd ling may be altered. Obtain a replacement for the faulty tyre a s soon as possible, and have the wheel b alanc ed a nd fitted to the vehic le.

The spare wheel may have a smaller tyre and a smaller rim than the standard tyres: using the spare w heel may a lter driving characteristics. Replace a defective ty re as soon as possible, have the wheel balanced and fitted to the vehicle.

Notes on tem porary spare wheel 3 z Using a temporary spare wheel may

change the driving behaviour of the vehicle, particularly if using wintertyres 3. Replace defective ty re as quickly as possible, ba la nce wheel and fit to vehicle.

z Fit only one temporary spare wheel.

z Do not drive faster than 50 m ph (80 km/h).

z Take bend s slowly.

z Do not use the temporary spa re wheel for a lengthy period.

z Replac e temporary spare w heel with full specification wheel without delay.

z Do not use tyre c hains. If you need to use tyre cha ins after suffering a flat front tyre, fit the temporary spare wheel on the rear axle and transfer one of the rear wheels to the front a xle. Chec k the ty re pressure and adjust it if necessary.

z Follow temporary spare wheel instructions on pages 187, 212, 268.

Page 210: Vectra Manual

208

Jack £ and vehicle toolsThe jac k and the vehicle tools have been specially developed for your vehicle and must only be used on that vehicle. Only use jack for changing w heels.

The jac k and the vehicle tools a re in a stow age com partment in the luggage compartment beneath the spare wheel. Opening the floor cover – see pages 205, 206.

After use, stow away the jack and tools in the compartm ent as shown in figure.

Changing wheelsIn order to reduce the cha nce of possible injuries, make the following preparations and note the procedure:

z Park on a level, firm and non-slippery surface.

z Switch on hazard warning system and apply handb ra ke. With automatic tra nsmission 3 or CVTronic 3 move selector lever to park position P, and w ith manual transmission select 1st gear or reverse gear.

z Correctly set up the warning tria ngle. Wa rning triangle – see page 204.

Page 211: Vectra Manual

209

z Ta ke the spare w heel from the luggage com partment.

z Before raising the vehicle, set the front wheels to the straight-ahead position.

z Never change more than one wheel at once.

z Block the wheel d iagona lly opposite the wheel to be cha nged by placing w edge bloc ks or equivalent in front and behind the wheel.

z Use the jack only to change wheels.

z If the ground on which the vehicle is standing is soft, a solid board (max. 1 cm thick) should b e pla ced under the jack . Using a thicker b oard c ould dam age the jack and the vehicle.

z No people or animals may be in the vehicle when it is jacked up.

z Never crawl under a jacked-up vehic le.

z Do not start or run the engine while the vehicle is on the jac k.

1. Prise off the wheel cover using the hook included with the vehicle tools. Vehicle tools – see p age 208.

Anti-theft wheel trims – see page 211.

Page 212: Vectra Manual

210

Alloy wheels 3 : Prise off the wheel b olt caps using a screwdriver and rem ove them.

2. Slac ken wheel b olts using a wheel bolt socket wrench, putting socket wrench on as far as it will g o.

3. There a re plastic retainers at the front and rea r of the vehic le underbody for positioning the jack. The loca tion of each retainer is indicated by a ma rk on the bottom ed ge of the vehicle.

Page 213: Vectra Manual

211

4. Set the jack to the necessary height by rotating the eye of the jack by hand. Position the jack a t the front – or rear – so that the jack head fits in the plastic retainer on the vehicle und erbody. Make sure it is positioned correctly.

The jack b ase must be on the ground directly b elow the jacking point.

Attach crank to eye of threaded rod and turn crank to raise vehicle.

If this is not the case, carefully lower the vehicle imm ediately and reposition the jack.

5. Unscrew wheel bolts a nd put somewhere where the threads will not be soiled.

If the wheel trims are the anti-theft type they will be rem oved together with the wheel bolts.

6. Change the wheel. For notes on the spare wheel – see page 205. For notes on the temporary spare wheel – see page 207.

7. Screw in wheel bolts and tighten slightly , inserting the w heel bolt wrenc h as far as the stop.

If wheel trims are anti-theft type, first fit wheel trim and click it into place. Va lve symbol on bac k of wheel trim must point tow ards valve on wheel.

8. Lower vehicle.

9. Tighten wheel bolts c rosswise, p utting on wheel bolt wrench as far a s possib le.

6

Page 214: Vectra Manual

212

10. Align and refit wheel trim or w heel bolt caps 3.

Before refitting the wheel cover clean the wheel around the retaining clips. Valve symbol 3 on back of wheel cover must point towards valve on wheel.

Alloy wheels 3: align a nd refit wheel bolt caps 3.

11.Stow away replaced wheel, tools and wa rning triangle in the luggage com partment.

12.H ave the tightening torque of the wheel bolts on the new wheel checked on the vehicle using a torque wrench as soon as possible and, if nec essary , c orrected. Tightening torque – see page 268.

13.Replace the faulty ty re on the wheel that wa s removed.

14.Replace tem pora ry spare wheel 3 with a full specifica tion wheel w ithout delay.

Electrical system

FusesThere are three fuseboxes in the vehicle: in the pa ssenger com partment on the far left of the dashboard, in the luggage compa rtm ent on the left in the stowage compa rtm ent, and in the engine compa rtm ent front left.

Electronic ignition system s generate very hig h voltages. Do not touch the ignition system; high voltage can b e fatal.

Page 215: Vectra Manual

213

It is adv isable to carry a full set of fuses – ava ilab le from any Va uxha ll Authorised Repairer. Store spare fuses at rear of fusebox cover on instrument panel. See next page for how to open cover.

Before replacing a fuse, turn off the respective switch and the ignition.

A defection fuse (Fig. 12892 J) ca n be recognised by its melted wire. A new fuse should only be installed after the cause of the fault has been rectified .

There is a fuse extractor on the rear of the fusebox cover on the instrument panel for cha ng ing fuses – see figure above.

Only fit fuses of the sp ecified current rating. Each fuse has its current rating written on it, in addition the ratings are colour coded .

Fuse Fuse

colour ratingLight brown 5 A

Brown 7.5 ARed 10 A

Light blue 15 AYellow 20 A

White 25 ALight green 30 A

Orange 40 ADark blue 60 A

Page 216: Vectra Manual

214

Fuses and the most important circuits they protectFusebox in passenger compa rtmentThe fusebox is on the left, on the outside of the instrum ent panel. Open door. Disengage cover by p ulling firmly and rem ove.

Spa re fuses, fuse extra ctor – see page 213.

Some circuits may be protected by several fuses.

No. Circuit Rating

1 Rad io 20 A

2 Interior fan, heating,air c onditioning system 7.5 A

3 Sun roof 20 A

4 – –

5 Door module control unit 7.5 A

6 Brake light 7.5 A

7 Bodywork module control unit

30 A

8 Control unitFront passenger door module

30 A

9 Central control unit 7.5 A

No. Cir cuit Rat ing

10 Control unitSteering column module 7.5 A

11 Diagnostics plug 7.5 A

12 Battery overload protection 15 A

13 – –

14 – –

15 Control unitDriver’s d oor m odule 30 A

16 – –

17 Instruments,informa tion display 15 A

18 Control unitDriver’s d oor m odule 30 A

19 – –

20 Yaw sensor (ESP) 7.5 A

21 Telematics 7.5 A

22 Ciga rette lighter 30 A

23 Interior fan, air conditioning systemelectronic air conditioning system

30 A

40 A

24 – –

25 Heating,air conditioning system 7.5 A

26 Instruments, informa tion display 7.5 A

Page 217: Vectra Manual

215

Fusebox in lugga ge compa rtmentThe fusebox is loca ted on the left side of the luggag e compa rtm ent, in the stowage compartment.

Saloon: press the latch down and open the cover.

Estate: press both latches down and op en the c over and interior trim .

Spa re fuses, fuse extra ctor – see page 213.

Some circuits may be protected by several fuses.

No. Circui t Rating

1 – –

2 – –

3 Electric seat adjustment 40 A

4 Heated rear window 40 A

5 Electric seat adjustment 40 A

6 Power windows 30 A

7 Power windows 30 A

8 Sea t heating, rear right 15 A

9 Horn,anti-theft alarm system

15 A

10 Fuel pump 20 A

No. Circuit Rat ing

11 Battery voltage,termina l 30 25 A

12 Seat heating , rear left 15 A

13 Towing equipment 20 A

14 Rear window wiper 15 A

15 Seat heating , front left 15 A

16 Seat heating , front right 15 A

17 Seat clim ate control 7.5 A

18 – –

19 Twin Audio,Travel Assistant

10 A

20 – –

21 Anti-theft alarm system 5 A

22 Ultrasonic sensor,anti-theft alarm system

5 A

23 Glass breakage sensor(anti-theft alarm system ) 7.5 A

24 Battery voltage,termina l 30 25 A

25 – –

26 Travel Assistant 25 A

27 Seat occupancy recognition,tyre pressure monitoring systemrain sensor,air c onditioning system

7.5 A

28 Parking d istance sensors 7.5 A

29 – –

Page 218: Vectra Manual

216

Fusebox in engine compa rtmentThe fusebox is in the box a t the front left side of the engine compartment.

Top op en, disengage front c over and op en from top.

Disenga ge the bar at the front of the cover of fusebox and swing it upwards.

Spare fuses, fuse extractor – see p age 213.

Som e circuits may b e protec ted by several fuses.

Switch off engine before op ening the fusebox in the eng ine compartment, risk of injury.

No. Circuit Rat ing

1 Eng ine electronic s,transmission electronics 30 A

2 Sta rter 30 A

3 Horn 20 A

4 Air conditioning system,electronic air conditioning system 10 A

5 Windsc reen w ash system 15 A

6 – –

Page 219: Vectra Manual

217

No. Ci rcuit Rat ing

7 Central control unit, TC, ESP 20 A

8 Front headlights 10 A

9 Power steering,Wash jets

10 A

10 – –

11 Wind screen wiper 30 A

12 Wind screen wiper 30 A

13 Central control unit, TC, ESP 7.5 A

14 Headlight wash system 30 A

15 Engine control unit1)

1) The brake lights are o n all the tim e if the fuse is defective and the ignition is switched on.

10 A

16 ABS 7.5 A

No. Circui t Rating

17 – –

18 – –

19 Head lig ht ra nge adjustment,Xenon headlight system

5 A

15 A

20 – –

21 – –

22 – –

23 Auxilia ry heating 20 A

24 Battery voltage,terminal 30 30 A

25 Battery voltage,terminal 30 30 A

26 – –

No. Circuit Rat ing

27 – –

28 Tailgate m odule control unit 60 A

29 ABS 40 A

30 Tailgate m odule control unit 60 A

31 Vehicle interior module control unit 60 A

32 ABS 40 A

33 Vehicle interior module control unit 60 A

34 Tailgate m odule control unit 60 A

35 Cooling fan1)

1) Depen ding on engin e.

30 A40 A

36 Cooling fan1) 20 A30 A40 A

37 – –

38 – –

Page 220: Vectra Manual

218

Bulb replacem entBefore replacing a bulb , switch ignition off and switch relevant switch off.

Only hold new b ulb at base! Do not touc h the b ulb glass with b are hands, otherwise fingerprints on the glass evap orate. Residue builds up on the reflector eventually resulting in a dull reflector. Inadvertently stained bulbs may b e cleaned with a clean non-fluffy cloth, using alcohol or white spirits.

Replacem ent bulb m ust be in accordance with d ata on base of defective bulb. Do not exceed wa tta ge g iven on bulb b ase.

When chang ing lights on the left-ha nd side, remove filler neck from windsc reen wash system bottle to g ain better access: disengage retaining clamp and withdraw filler neck by p ulling upwards. Wash fluid may escape if the bottle is full.

Headlight aimingWe recommend that hea dlight aiming be carried out by a Va uxhall Authorised Repairer, who will have sp ecial equipment.

Protect the environment. Do not allow wash fluid to seep into the ground or drain into the sewage system.

Page 221: Vectra Manual

219

Halogen headlight system dipped and main beamHeadlights w ith separate system s for dipped beam 1 (outer b ulbs) and m ain beam 2 (inner bulbs).

Dipped beam

1. Open bonnet.

2. When replacing bulbs on the left side, rem ove the screenwash bottle filler neck – see p age 218.

3. Remove dipped head light p rotective cover.

4. Rotate left bulb carrier and disengage.

6

Page 222: Vectra Manual

220

5. Remove the bulb hold er with bulb from the reflector.

6. Detach bulb from bulb mounting.

7. Insert new bulb into bulb m ounting, without touc hing the glass.

8. Insert new bulb so that the two lugs on the bulb mounting engage in the recesses in the reflector.

9. Rotate bulb carrier to right as far as it will go.

10.Place head lig ht protective cover in position and close.

11.When changing b ulbs on the left-hand side, refit the filler neck of the hea dlight fluid container and click it home.

Ma in beam

1. Open bonnet.

2. When replacing b ulbs on the left side, remove the screenwash bottle filler neck – see page 218.

3. Remove main beam headlight protective cover.

Page 223: Vectra Manual

221

4. Rotate left bulb carrier a nd disengage. 5. Remove the bulb holder with bulb from the reflector.

6. Detac h bulb from bulb mounting .

7. Insert new bulb into bulb mounting, without touching the g lass.

8. Insert new bulb so that the two lugs on the b ulb mounting engage in the recesses in the reflector.

9. Rotate bulb carrier to right as far a s it will go.

10. Place headlight protec tive cover in position and close.

11. When changing bulbs on the left-hand sid e, refit the filler neck of the headlight fluid conta iner and click it hom e.

Page 224: Vectra Manual

222

Xenon headlight system, dipped and main beamHeadlights w ith separate system s for dipped beam 1 (outer b ulbs) and m ain beam 2 (inner bulbs).

Dipp ed beam

Main beam

1. Open bonnet.

2. When replacing bulbs on the left side, rem ove the screenwash bottle filler neck – see p age 218.

3. Remove main beam head lig ht protective cover.

4. Rotate left bulb carrier and disengage.

The xenon headlight dipped beam op erates at very hig h voltage. Do not touch; high voltag e can be fatal. Have bulb s changed by a workshop. We recommend a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

Page 225: Vectra Manual

223

5. Remove the bulb hold er with bulb from the reflector.

6. Deta ch bulb from bulb m ounting.

7. Insert new bulb into bulb mounting , without touching the glass.

8. Insert new bulb so that the two lugs on the bulb mounting engage in the rec esses in the reflector.

9. Rotate bulb carrier to rig ht a s far as it will go.

10. Place headlight protec tive cover in position and close.

11. When changing bulbs on the left-hand sid e, refit the filler neck of the headlight fluid conta iner and click it hom e.

Adaptive Forward Lighting 3 Xenon head lig ht system for main and dipp ed b eam tog ether w ith curve illumination based on steering angle.

Xenon headlights operate at very high electric al voltage. Do not touch. Danger to life. The bulbs for dipped beam, ma in beam , park ing lig hts and turn signals should only be replac ed b y a w orkshop. We recom mend a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

Page 226: Vectra Manual

224

Parking lights1. Open bonnet.

2. When replacing bulbs on the left sid e, remove the screenwash bottle filler neck – see page 218.

3. Remove m ain beam headlight protec tive cover.

4. Remove parking light bulb holder from reflector.

5. Remove bulb from socket.

6. Insert new b ulb, without touching the glass.

7. Insert holder in reflector. Place headlight protective ca p in position and close.

8. When changing bulbs on the left-hand side, refit the filler neck of the headlight fluid container and click it home.

Page 227: Vectra Manual

225

Front turn signal light1. Open bonnet.

2. When replacing bulbs on the left sid e, remove the screenwash bottle filler neck – see page 218.

3. Rotate bulb holder to left and diseng age.

4. Push bulb into holder a little, rotate left and remove.

5. Insert new bulb, without touc hing the glass.

6. Insert light holder in reflector, rotate clockwise and engage in position.

7. When changing bulbs on the left-hand side, refit the filler neck of the headlight fluid container and click it home.

Front fog lights 3 We recommend that you have bulbs changed by a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

Page 228: Vectra Manual

226

Turn signal, brake, tail, fog tail and revers ing lightsSaloon

1. Open the stowage compartment by pressing the bar down.

2. Deta ch plug connector from bulb mounting .

3. Press the two retaining lugs on outer edges of bulb m ounting towards ea ch other and remove bulb m ounting.

Bulbs from top to bottom:Turn signal lightTail light / brake lightTail lightFog tail light1)

Reversing light

4. Remove bulb from socket.

5. Insert new b ulb without touching the glass. Fit bulb m ounting into bulb housing . Connect plug . C lose stowage compartment.

1) Coun try-specif ic version : fog ta il light on left-hand side only. The bulb f itted on the r ight hand side can be used as a spare.

Page 229: Vectra Manual

227

Estate

1. Open the compa rtm ent on the left or right-hand side by pressing the latch down – see page 205.

2. Hold the bulb housing from the outside, use a wheel nut wrench to loosen the retaining nuts and unscrew them by hand. Rem ove the bulb housing to the rear. Wheel nut wrench – see vehicle tools, pag e 208.

3. Detach the cable from the bulb housing.

4. Undo the three screws using a screwdriver and d etach the bulb mounting .

5. Remove the bulb from the socket. Bulbs in bulb mounting: 1 = Brake / reversing light 2 = Turn signal light

6. Fit a new b ulb without touching the glass. Refit the bulb mounting and screw it into place. Position the light housing in the vehic le body and screw it into place. Close the compartment in the side trim.

6

Page 230: Vectra Manual

228

Tailgate lights 1. Use a screwd river to prise off the plastic

plugs in the tailgate panelling to the right a nd left of the ta ilg ate lock.

2. Use the Torx screwd river found with the vehicle tools to remove the screw from the handle in the inner panelling.

3. Remove the inner pa nelling and clips from the tailgate.

4. Unscrew the m ounting in question: 1 = Tail light2 = Fog ta il light3 = Reversing lig ht

5. Remove bulb from socket.

6. Fit a new b ulb without touching the glass. Refit the m ounting in the ta ilg ate.

7. Refit the inner panelling to the tailgate using the clips. Tighten the screw in the ha nd le. Refit the pla stic plugs in the openings.

Bulb replacem ent should be entrusted to a workshop. We recom mend a Va uxha ll Authorised Repa irer.

Page 231: Vectra Manual

229

Number plate light1. Insert screwdriver vertically into lig ht

insert as shown in figure, press to the sid e and disengage spring.

2. Remove the bulb housing downw ards without pulling on the lead .

3. Raise lug and detach connector from bulb m ounting.

4. Rotate bulb holder anti-clockwise and disengage.

5. Remove bulb from socket.

6. Insert new b ulb, without touching the glass.

7. Insert holder in light housing and enga ge by turning clockwise.

8. Insert bulb soc ket in light housing.

9. Insert the bulb housing and lock it in place.

Page 232: Vectra Manual

230

Front courtesy light and reading lights 3 Before removal, close the doors so that the light is not live.

1. Lever the lens out of the housing recesses.

2. Remove bulb from socket.

3. Insert new bulb, without touc hing the glass.

4. Mount lens and eng age in position.

Glove compartm ent lighting, luggage compartment lighting,and footwell l ighting 3 Before removal, c lose the doors or hold the contact switch pressed down so that the light is not live.

1. Prise the light out with a screwd river.

Page 233: Vectra Manual

231

2. Press bulb slightly towards spring clip and remove.

3. Insert new bulb, without touching the glass.

4. Insert lig ht in op ening and eng age in position.

Rear courtesy lights 3, rear reading lights 3We rec om mend that you have bulbs cha ng ed b y a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

Instrum ent illumination, Information display illumination 3 We rec om mend that you have bulbs cha ng ed b y a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

Page 234: Vectra Manual

232

If you have a problem

In our experience the m ost comm on ca use of all comp la ints is the result of misundersta nding or la ck of communication between the customer and the Vauxhall Authorised Rep airer.

We sincerely hope you will never have cause to c om plain about your vehicle. However, if things do g o wrong, the b est course of action for you to take is to contact your Vauxhall Authorised Repairer’s Service Rec eption Staff and explain the d ifficulty you are having. We are confident they will do their utmost to resolve the problem to your comp lete satisfaction.

Sometimes, however, despite the b est of intentions of all c oncerned, misundersta ndings can occur. If your problem has not been resolved to your satisfaction, please make an app ointment to discuss the matter with the Manager of

the department c oncerned.

The majority of areas of concern can be quic kly resolved in this way.

Should you wish to pursue the matter further, the Principal of the Vauxhall Authorised Repairer should be made aware of your concern. It is ad visab le in cases such as this to write to him to confirm your problem and the solutions that have been offered.

You can be assured the Authorised Repairer’s Principal w ill only be too anxious to fully investigate your prob lems and correct any errors m ade. After a ll, he has a large investm ent in his business and is proud of his reputation and professionalism and fully realises that satisfied c ustomers are his key to success.

In the unlikely event that you are still not ha ppy with the answer your Vauxhall Authorised Repairer has given, or the action he prop oses to correct the problem, you may conta ct the Customer Care Department1) w here a team of Custom er Care Consultants will spare no effort to ensure your complete satisfa ction.

Va uxhall Motors Ltd.Customer Ca re,Griffin House,Osborne Road, LUTON, Beds., LU1 3YTTelep hone: 01582 427200

They w ill review all the facts involved. Then if it is felt some further action can be taken, the Vauxhall Authorised Repairer will b e adv ised accordingly. In any case, your contact will b e ac knowledged confirm ing Vauxhall Motors’ position in the m atter.

If you are not satisfied with the outcome, you ca n if you wish, seek advice from an independent third p arty suc h as:

Autom obile Association (A.A. )Fanum House, BASINGSTOKE,Hants., R G21 2EA

Royal Autom obile Club (R.A.C.),R.A.C. M otoring Services Ltd.,89-91 Pall Mall,LONDON, SW1Y S45

The Customer Relations Dep artment,Soc iety of Motor Manufactur ers and Trad ers Ltd. (S .M.M.T.),Forbes House, H alkin Street, LONDON, SW1X 7DS

Customer Complaints Service,Sc ottish Motor Tra de Association, (S.M.T.A.),3 Palmerston Place,EDINBURGH, EH 12 5AQ

The National Conciliation Serv ice,Retai l Motor Indust ry Federation,9 North Street, RUGBY, CV21 2AB

I f you have a problem w hilst ab road:The Service Departm ents of Adam Op el AG and General M otors branches everywhere will provid e information and assistance

1) Calls may be mo nito red and recorded fo r tra in in g purposes.

Page 235: Vectra Manual

233

Opel Austria Vertriebs GmbHGroß-Enzersdorfer S tr. 59 1220 Vienna – AustriaTel. 01-2 88 77 444 or 01-2 88 77 0

Opel Belgium N.V.Prins Boudewijnlaa n 30 2550 Kontich – Belgium Tel. 03-4 50 63 11

Opel C & S spol. s. r.o.Na Pank ráci 26 140 00 Pra gue 4 – Czech R epub lic Tel. 02-61 21-88 21

General Motors Da nm arkJaegersborg Alle 4 2920 Charlot tenlund – Denmark Tel. 39 97 85 00

Vauxhall Motors Ltd.Customer CareGriffin H ouse, Osborne Road Luton, Bedfordshire, LU1 3YT – Eng land Tel. 0 15 82-42 72 00

Opel OyPajuniityntie 5 00320 Helsinki – Finland Tel. Helsinki 61 58 81

General Motors France1 – 9, avenue du MaraisAngle Quai de Bezons 95101 Ar genteuil Cedex – Franc e Tel. 1-34 26 30 00

ADAM OPEL AGBahnhofsplatz 1 65423 Rüsselsheim – Germany Tel. 0 61 42-77 50 00 or 0 61 42-7 70

Opel Hella s S .A.56 Kifisias Avenue & Delfon str.Am arousion 151 25 Athens – Greece Tel. 1-6 80 65 01

Opel Southeast Europe Ltd .Szabad sag utc a 117 2040 Buda örs – Hungary Tel. 06-23 446 100

General Motors IndiaSixth Floor, Tow er AGlob al Business ParkMehrauli - Gurgaon RoadGurgaon - 122 022, Ha ryana , IndiaTel. 0091 124 280 3333

Opel Irela nd Ltd.Opel House, Unit 60, Heather Road Sandyford, Dublin 18 – I reland Tel. 01-216 10 00

Opel Italia S .p.A.Piaz zale dell'Industria 40 00144 Rome – Italy Tel. 06-5 46 51

For Luxemb ourg – contactOpel Service Department inKontich – Belgium

Opel Nederland B.V.Baanhoekweg 188 3361 GN Sliedrecht – Nether lands Tel. 0 78-6 42 21 00

General Motors Norge ASKjeller-Vest 6 2027 Kjeller – N or way Tel. 23 50 01 04

General Motors Poland Sp. z o. o.Domaniewska 41 06- 672 Wa rsa w – Pola nd Tel. 0 22-606 17 00

Opel PortugalQuinta da FonteEd. Fernão Ma galhã es, Piso 2Porto Salvo 2780 Oeira s – Por tugal Tel. 01-4 40 75 00

Opel España de Autom óv iles S.A.Paseo de la Castellana, 91 28046 Madrid – Sp ain Tel. 902 25 00 25

Saab Opel Sverig e ABEsboga ta n 8 164 74 Kista – Sw eden Tel. 08-632 85 00

Opel Suisse S.A.Salzhausstra ße 21 2501 Biel/Bienne – S witzerland Tel. 0848 810 820 or 0 32-3 21 51 11

Opel Türkiye Ltd. S ti.Kemalp asa yolu üzeri 35861 Torb ali/Izmir – Turkey Tel. 02 32-8 53-14 53

In Albania, Bosnia -Her zegovina ,Bulga ria, Croatia , Macedonia ,Rom ania, S lovenia and Yugosla via please contact the OpelService Depa rtm ent in Budaörs – HungaryTel. 00 36-23 446 100

Page 236: Vectra Manual

234

Maintenance,Inspection system

In ord er to guarantee economical and sa fe vehic le operation a nd to maintain the value of your vehicle, it is of vital importance tha t all maintenance work is carried out at the p roper intervals as specified by Vauxhall.

The oil c hange and serv ice intervals are flex ible, based on a numb er of different param eters and the conditions under which the vehicle is used. Various engine-specific da ta is c ontinuously record ed a nd used to ca lc ulate the remaining distance up to the next inspection date.

The rem aining driving dista nce can b e seen in the tachom eter disp la y when the ignition is off: Press the reset button und er the trip odometer; v and the remaining driving dista nce will then be displayed.

If the remaining dista nce to the next service is less than 1000 miles (1500 km ),v is disp layed with a remaining dista nce of 600 m iles (1000 km ) when the ignition is switched on. v is displayed for several second s if the rem aining d istance is less than 600 miles (1000 km ). Have the service work that is due ca rried out within one week or 300 miles (500 km). Ha ve this work carried out by a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer in ord er to avoid loss of warranty claims.

The service interval display takes acc ount of off-the-road periods during which the battery is disconnected.

Further information on maintenance and the inspection system can be found in the Service Booklet, which is in the glove compa rtm ent.

Page 237: Vectra Manual

235

Have maintenance work, as well as repairs to the b od ywork and equipment, carried out by a professional. We recomm end a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer, who is familiar with Vauxhall vehicles and in possession of the nec essary sp ecial tools and the latest Service Instructions from Vauxhall. It is particularly advisable to use a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer during the warranty p eriod to avoid invalidation of warranty claims. See the Serv ice Booklet for further information.

Separ ate anti-cor rosion serviceHave this carried out every 2 years, either within the scope of a Service or separately, see Service Book let. We recomm end that you c onsult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer in order to avoid loss of warranty claims for rust d amage.

A note on safetyTo avoid injury from cables cond ucting ignition voltage, only c arry out engine compartment checks (e.g. checking the brake fluid level or engine oil level) when the ignition is switched off.

Never carry out any repairs or adjustment and m aintenance work on the vehicle yourself. This especially applies to the eng ine, chassis and safety parts. You may unwittingly infringe the p rov isions of the law and, by not performing the work properly , endanger yourself and other road users.

Checking and topping up fluids To aid identification, the engine oil filler cap , coolant expansion tank ca p, hea dlight 3 and w indscreen wash fluid container ca p and the ha nd le of the oil dipstick a re coloured yellow.

The cooling fan is controlled by a thermo-switch and can therefore start unexp ectedly even if the ignition is switched off. Risk of injury.

Electronic ignition systems generate very high voltages. Do not touch the ignition system; hig h voltage can be fatal.

Page 238: Vectra Manual

236

Engine oilThe oils listed on pag e 252 are particularly suitab le for this engine.

These high-quality oils are suitable for sum mer and winter operation.

Com mercially available oils must only be used in the grades a nd viscosities shown on page 252. This may reduce the cha nge interval. In case of doubt, conta ct a workshop. We recommend consulting a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

In the case of brand oils the ma nufacturers are responsible for ensuring that the oils they supply are suitable for Vauxhall vehic les.

Engine oil level and consumpt ionIt is norma l for every engine to consum e some oil. Engine oil consum ption cannot be reliably ascertained until the vehicle has covered a substantial numb er of miles / kilometres. During the running-in phase, it may b e above the spec ified level. Frequent running at high engine speeds increases oil consumption.

The engine oil level is checked autom atic ally – see p age 38. Before emba rk ing on a long journey it is recommended tha t the eng ine oil level is checked.

Checking the engine oil level, top ping up engine oilThe figures on this page show the chec ks for various petrol and d iesel engines, Fig. 15175 J on the next page shows checks for engine Y 30 DT1) .

The oil level must be checked with the vehicle horizontal and with the engine (which must be at operating tempera ture) switched off. Wait a t least five minutes before checking the level to allow the normal oil acc um ulation in the engine to drain ba ck into the oil pa n.

1) Sales des ignation – see page 257.

Imp ortant: It is the ow ner’s responsibility to maintain the proper level of an appropriate qua lity oil in the engine.

Page 239: Vectra Manual

237

To check the level, rem ove the oil gauge (dipstic k), w ipe it clean and reinsert it as far as it will g o. At the very latest, top up if the oil level has dropped to just ab ove the "add oil" ma rk MIN .

The oil level must not go above the upper mark MAX on the dipstick. Excess oil m ust be drained or extracted b y suction. If the oil level does go above the mark MAX there is a risk of d amage to the engine or catalytic converter.

The a mount filled must be between the MIN and MA X marks – see pag e 276.

When top ping up, use the sam e oil a s a t the la st oil change, and pa y strict attention to the instructions on pa ge 252.

Lubricant charts – see p age 253, 254, 255.

Capacities – see page 276.

The oil consumption will not stabilise until the vehicle has been driven several thousand miles. Only then can the ac tual ra te of consum ption b e estab lished .

Oil chang e, oi l filter cha ng eCha nge the oil at the displayed serv ice interva ls.

We recommend that you use g enuine Vauxhall oil filters.

Used oil filters and empty oil cans do not belong in the domestic garb age. We recommend having oil changes and oil filter changes carried out by a Va uxhall Authorised Repairer. The Vauxhall Authorised Repairer knows the laws conc erning the disposa l of used oil and therefore protects the env ironment and your health.

Page 240: Vectra Manual

238

Diesel fuel f ilterCheck fuel filter for a ny w ater residue when each engine oil cha ng e takes place. We recom mend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

Have filter checked at shorter intervals in the c ase of extreme opera ting conditions suc h a s high humidity (prima rily in coastal areas), extremely high or low outside tem peratures and substantially varying daytim e a nd nig ht-time tem peratures.

CoolantDuring operation the system is pressurised. The temp erature ma y therefore rise briefly to over 100 °C.

The glycol-ba sed coolant provides exc ellent corrosion protection for the heating and cooling systems as well as anti-freeze protection down to –28 °C. It remains in the cooling system throughout the year and need not b e changed.

Certain a ntifreezes ca n lead to engine damage. We therefore strongly recommend the use of antifreezes that ha ve b een approved by Vauxhall.

Anti -freeze a nd corrosion protect ionBefore the sta rt of the cold weather season, have the coolant checked for correct concentration. We recommend that you consult a Vauxha ll Authorised Repairer. The amount of a ntifreeze must provide protec tion up to approx.–28 °C. If the antifreeze concentra tion is too low, this reduc es protection from freezing and corrosion. Top up antifreeze if necessary .

If c oolant loss is topped up with wa ter, have concentration checked and a dd anti-freeze if necessary.

Anti-freeze is a da nger to health; it must therefore be kept in the original container and out of the reach of children.

Page 241: Vectra Manual

239

Coola nt levelHardly any losses occur since the cooling system is sealed and it is thus rarely necessary to top up the c oolant.

The c oolant in the compensation tank should b e slightly above the markKALT / COLD with the cooling system cold. It rises when the engine is warm and fa lls again as it c ools. If it drop s b elow the marking in this case, it should be topped up to a level just above the marking.

Top up anti-freeze. I f no anti-freeze is available, top up w ith c lean tap water. If tap water is unavailable, distilled water can be used.

After topping up w ith tap or distilled water, ha ve the anti-freez e concentration checked, a nd anti-freeze added if necessary. H ave the cause of the coolant loss remedied. We recommend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

When closing, tighten coola nt filler cap as fa r as it will go.

Coolant temp era tureFor physical reasons, the engine temperature gauge shows the coolant temperature only if the coolant level is adequate.

During operation the system is pressurised. The tem perature may therefore rise to over 100 °C.

If the temp erature g auge enters the right-hand (w arning) zone or control indicator W lights up, chec k the c oolant level imm ediately.

z Coolant level low:Top up coolant. Pay strict attention to the instructions given under "Anti-freeze and corrosion protection" a nd "Coolant level". Have the cause of coolant loss remedied . We recommend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

z Coolant level OK:Have the c ause of inc reased coolant temperature remed ied. Contact a workshop. We rec om mend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

Allow engine to cool d ow n before removing coola nt filler ca p. Remove filler cap carefully so that p ressure can escape slowly, otherwise there is a risk of scalding.

Page 242: Vectra Manual

240

Brake fluidBrake fluid level

The fluid level in the reservoir must b e neither higher than the MAX m ark nor lower than the MIN mark.

Use of some brake fluid s could c ause dam age or im pair braking effectiveness. Stay well informed. We recomm end that you only use Vauxhall-approved high performance brake fluid.

Extreme cleanliness is im porta nt, since brake fluid contam ination can lead to brake system malfunctions.

After correcting the brake fluid level, have the cause of the loss rem edied. We recommend that you consult a Va uxha ll Authorised Repairer.

Brake fluid changeBrake fluid is hygroscopic, i.e. it absorbs water. If the brakes become hot, such as when driving on long downhill stretches, vapour bubbles ca n oc cur in the water, whic h can have an extremely ad verse effect on brak ing power (depending on the prop ortion of water).

The fluid change intervals specified in the Serv ic e Booklet must therefore be ob served.

Windscreen wiperClear v ision is essential for safe driving.

You should therefore perform regular checks on the windscreen wiper a nd hea dlight wiper system 3 to m ake sure they are operating correc tly .

If the windsc reen is dirty, operate the screenwash b efore switching on the windscreen wiper or setting the wiper to automatic op eration with the rain sensor 3. This will avoid wip er blad e wear.

Do not switch on the windscreen wiper or set to a utoma tic operation with the rain sensor 3 if the windscreen is iced up as this could da mage the wiper blades or the wiper system.

If the wiper bec om es frozen on to the glass, we recomm end that it be released with the aid of Vauxhall De-icer Spray.

Smearing wiper blades c an be cleaned with a soft cloth and Vauxhall Wind screen Wash Solvent.

Wiper blades whose lips have become hardened, cracked or covered with silicone must be replac ed. This may be necessary as a result of the effects of ic e, thawing salt or hea t, or the incorrect use of cleaning agents.

Switc h off the windsc reen w ip er and automatic operation with rain sensor 3 in car washes – see pages 19, 246.

Caution – brake fluid is poisonous and corrosive. Do not allow it to come into contact with eyes, sk in, fabric or painted surfaces. Direct contact could cause injury and damage.

We recommend that you have brake fluid changed by a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer, who will be familiar with the req uirements of the law as regards disposal of brake fluid a nd can thus help to protec t the env ironment and your hea lth.

Page 243: Vectra Manual

241

To ensure proper operation of the ra in sensor 3, the sensor a rea must be free from dust, dirt and ice. The windscreen w ash system m ust also be operated at regular intervals and the sensor a rea m ust be de-iced. Vehicles with rain sensor 3 ca n be identified by the sensor area near the top of the w indscreen.

Service setting for front w indscreen w iper(e.g. for cha nging or cleaning the front wiper b la des).

Within 8 seconds of switching off the ignition, press the windscreen wip er stalk downwards. Release the windscreen wip er stalk as soon as the w ip er blad es are vertical.

Wiper blades on the windscreenActivating serv ice p osition, see preceding column. Lift wiper arm. Press the release lever a nd detac h the wiper blade.

Page 244: Vectra Manual

242

Windscreen and headlight wash systems 3 The filler neck for the windscreen w ash reservoir and the headlight washing system 3 is at the front left of the engine compartment near the battery . The fluid level in the reservoir ca n be c hecked using the d ipstick. Do not fill fluid level to more than 1/1. Capa city – see p age 276.

Fill only with clean w ater to prevent the nozzles from clogging. To improve cleaning efficiency, we recommend that you add a little Vauxhall Wind screen Wash Solvent.

The windscreen wash system and headlight wash system w ill not freeze in winter:

When closing the container, press the lid firmly over the beaded ed ge a ll the way round.

BatteryThe battery is m aintenance-free.

Retro-fitted electrical or electronic acc essories can p lace an additional load on the battery or even discha rg e the battery. We recom mend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer regarding technical possibilities, suc h as fitting a more powerful battery.

Frost protection down to

Mixture strength Vauxhall Windscreen Wa sh Solvent: Water

a–5 °C 1 : 3

–10 °C 1 : 2

–20 °C 1 : 1

–30 °C 2 : 1

We recom mend that you have battery chang es carried out by a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer. The Vauxhall Authorised Repairer knows the laws conc erning the disposa l of used batteries a nd therefore protects the environment and your health.

Page 245: Vectra Manual

243

Laying up the vehicle for more than 4 weeks can lead to ba ttery d ischarge, which may reduce the service life of the battery. Disconnect battery from on-board power supply by detaching negative term inal (anti-theft alarm system 3 is then disabled ).

Do not connect battery with ignition switched on. Then perform the following opera tions:

z Remove radio b lock 3, see rad io op erating instructions.

z Set date and time in information display – see page 44.

z Activate w indow and sun roofelec tronics 3 – see pages 121, 124.

In order to prevent the b attery from discharging , som e c onsumers suc h as the courtesy light automatically switch off after approx. 20 minutes.

Protecting electronic com ponentsIn order to prevent faults in electronic components in the electrica l system, never connect or disconnect battery with engine running or ignition switched on. Never start engine w ith b attery disconnected, e.g. when starting using jump leads.

The battery m ust b e disconnected from the vehicle b efore b eing charged: first disconnect the neg ative cable and then the positive cable. The polarity of the battery , i.e. the connections for the positive and neg ative cables, m ust not be interchanged. When reconnecting , first connect the positive cab le and then the neg ative cable.

To avoid damaging the vehic le, d o not ma ke a ny modifications to the electrical system, e.g. connecting ad ditional consum ers or tampering with electronic control units (chip tuning).

Electronic ignition system s generate very hig h voltages. Do not touch the ignition system; high voltage can b e fatal.

Page 246: Vectra Manual

244

Vehicle decom missioningObserve na tional regulations.

If the vehicle is decomm issioned for several months, the follow ing work must be ca rried out in order to prevent damage. We recom mend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

z Wash and preserve the vehicle – see page 246.

z Check protective coating in engine com partment a nd on underbody a nd rectify where necessary .

z Clean and preserve rubber seals on bonnet and doors.

z Change engine oil – see page 237.

z Check anti-freeze and c orrosion protection – see page 238.

z Check the coola nt level, top up with anti-freeze if nec essary – see pag e 239.

z Empty windsc reen w ash system and headlight wash system.

z Inc rease ty re pressure to value sp ecified for m aximum load – see page 268.

Vehicle storag ez Park vehicle in dry, well ventilated plac e.

With manual transmission select first gear or reverse gear, and with autom atic transm ission 3 or CVTronic 3 move selector lever to P. Prevent vehicle from rolling using wedges or the like.

z Do not apply handbrake.

z Disconnect battery by disengaging neg ative terminal from vehicle electrical system – see page 243.

Vehicle recomm issioningObserve national regulations.

Perform the following work before recommissioning the vehicle:

z Connect ba ttery – see page 243.

z Check tyre pressure – see pa ge 268.

z Fill up w indscreen wash system – see page 242.

z Check engine oil level – see p age 236.

z Check the coolant level; top up with anti-freez e if necessa ry – see pa ge 239.

z If necessa ry , fit the number plates. When fitting the front numb er plate, do not use any number plate reinforcement.

Page 247: Vectra Manual

245

Vehicle care Consult a Vauxhall Authorised Rep airer with regard to care a id s tested and recommended by Vauxhall.

When caring for your vehicle, observe all na tional environm ental reg ulations, particula rly when wa shing it.

Regular, thorough care helps to improve the appearance of your vehicle and maintain its value over the years. It is a lso a prerequisite for warranty claims for any paint or corrosion damag e. The following pages contain tips for vehicle care which, if used properly , will help combat the unavoida ble d amaging effects of the environment.

Vehicle care aids 3 Vehicle wash: z Wa sh brush,z Shampoo,z Sponge, z Insect Removal Sponge,z Chamois.

Vehicle care: z Paintwork Clea ner,z Paintwork Polish, z Crea m Polish,z Metallic Paintwork Wax, z Hard wa x, z Vauxhall Touch-Up Paint,z Vauxhall Touch-Up / Aerosol Paint,z Wheel Preserver, z Tar Rem over, z Insect Remover,z Window Cleaner,z Vauxhall Windscreen Wa sh Solvent,z Silicone Oil for Rubber Sea ls, z Cleaner.

Page 248: Vectra Manual

246

WashingThe paintwork of your vehicle is exposed to env ironmenta l influences, e.g. continuous changes in weather conditions, ind ustrial waste gases and dust or tha wing sa lts, so wash and wax your vehicle regularly. When using a utoma tic car washes, select a programme which includes wax ing.

Bird droppings, dead insects, resin, pollen and the like should be cleaned off immediately , as they contain aggressive constituents which can cause paint dam age.

Please follow the wash system manufacturer’s instructions w hen using wash systems. The wind screen wiper and the autom atic wiper w ith rain sensor 3 and the rear window wiper 3 must be switched off – see page 19. Unscrew the antenna rod 3 a nd the roof rack 3, standing on the door sill to make them easier to reach.

If you w ash your vehicle by hand, make sure that the insides of the wing s a re also thoroughly rinsed out.

Clea n edges and folds on op ened doors and flaps as well a s the area s they cover.

Thoroughly rinse off and leather-off the vehicle. Rinse leather frequently . Use separate leathers for paint and w indow surfaces: remnants of wax on the wind ow s will impair vision.

Observe national regulations.

WaxingWax your vehicle regularly, in pa rticular after it has been washed using shampoo and at the latest when wa ter no longer forms beads on the pa intwork, otherwise the paintwork will d ry out.

Also wax edg es a nd folds on op ened doors and flaps as well a s the area s they cover.

PolishingPolishing is necessary only if the pa int has become dull or if solid deposits have become attached to it.

Paintwork polish with silicone forms a protec tive film, making w axing unnecessary.

Plastic body parts should not be treated with wax and polish.

Use Metallic Paintwork Wax on vehicles with a metallic-effect paint finish.

WheelsUse a pH-neutral w heel c leaning agent to clean the wheels.

Wheels a re painted and ca n be treated with the same ag ents as the body. For alloy wheels we recomm end use of Alloy Wheel Preserver.

Page 249: Vectra Manual

247

Paintwork damageRepair small area s of p aint damage suc h as stone impacts, scratches etc. immediately using a Va uxha ll touch-up applicator or Vauxhall sp ra y and touch-up paint before rust can form . If rust has alrea dy formed, ha ve the c ause remedied. We recommend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer. Please also pay attention to surfaces and edg es beneath the vehicle where rust ma y have formed unnoticed for some time.

Exterior lightsHeadlight and other protective lig ht bezels are made of plastic. If they require additional cleaning after the vehicle has been washed, clea n them with Car Shamp oo. Do not use any ab ra sive or caustic agents, do not use an ice scraper, and do not clean them dry.

Plastic and rubber partsFor add itional cleaning of plastic and rubb er parts use C leaner. Do not use any other agent, and in particular do not use solvents or petrol.

Wheels and tyresDo not use high-pressure jet clea ners on wheels and tyres.

Interior and upholsteryClean the vehicle interior, including the instrument panel fac ia , using interior cleaner.

C lean fabric upholstery w ith a vacuum cleaner and brush. To remove stains, use cleaner tha t is suitable for both fabrics and vinyl.

Do not use cleaning agents suc h as acetone, c arbon tetrachlorid e, paint thinner, paint remover, nail varnish remover, washing pow der or b leach to clean fabrics, carpets, the dashboard or leather trim 3 in the vehicle interior. Benzine is also unsuita ble.

Seat beltsAlways keep seat b elts clean a nd dry.

C lean only w ith lukewa rm water or C leaner.

Page 250: Vectra Manual

248

WindowsWhen cleaning the heated rear window, make sure tha t the heating element on the inside of the wind ow is not d amaged.

Use a soft lint-free cloth or chamois leather in conjunction with Wind ow Cleaner and Insect Remover.

Vauxhall Windscreen Wash Solvent is suitab le for de-icing windows.

For mechanical removal of ice, use a commercially a vailable sharp-edged ice scraper. Press the sc ra per firmly against the g lass so that no dirt can get und er it and scratch the glass.

Windscreen wiper bladesSmearing wiper blades can be c leaned with a soft c loth and Vauxhall Windscreen Wash Solvent, and replaced if necessary – see p age 240.

LocksThe locks are lubricated with a hig h-grad e lock cylinder grease at the fac tory . Vauxhall lock cylinder grease prevents the locks from freezing up. Only use de-ic ing agent in emerg encies, a s they have a degreasing effect a nd will impair the function of the locks. After using a de-icing agent, have the locks re-greased. We recommend that you entrust this to a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

Engine compartmentArea s in the engine compartment painted in the vehicle colour a re cared for like any other pa inted area. It is adv isable to wash and w ax the engine compartment before and a fter winter. Cover the alternator a nd brake fluid reservoir with plastic sheeting before washing the engine.

When washing the engine with a steam -jet cleaner, d o not direct the steam jet at components of the Anti-lock Brake System, the a utoma tic air cond itioning system, the auxiliary heating system hea ter or the belt drive and its components.

Protective wax that has been applied is also rem oved during the engine wash. For this reason, have the engine, brake system components in the engine c om partment, ax le components with steering , body parts and c avities thoroughly preserved with protec tive w ax after the wash. We recommend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repa irer.

An eng ine wash can be performed in the spring in order to remove dirt that has adhered to the engine compartment, which ma y also have a high salt content. Check protective wax layer and make good if nec essary .

Do not use high-pressure jet c leaners on wheels and tyres.

Page 251: Vectra Manual

249

UnderbodyYour vehicle has a fa ctory-applied PVC undercoating in the wheel arches (includ ing the longitudinal members) w hich provides permanent protection and needs no special m aintenance. The surfaces of the vehicle underbody not covered b y PVC are provided with a durable protective w ax coating in critical areas.

On vehicles which are washed frequently in autom atic car washes with underbody washing facility, the protective wax coating may b e impaired by d irt-dissolv ing additives, so check the underbody after washing and ha ve it waxed if necessary . Before the start of the cold weather season, check the PVC c oa ting a nd protective wax coating and, if necessary , have them restored to perfect condition.

Caution – commercially availa ble bitumen / rubber materials can damag e the PVC coating. We recommend that you have underbody work carried out by a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer, who knows the prescribed materials and has experience in the use thereof.

The underbody should be washed following the end of the cold weather season to remove any dirt adhering to the underbody since this may also contain salt. Check p rotective wax c oa ting and , if nec essary , have it restored to perfec t condition.

Page 252: Vectra Manual

250

Technical data

Vehicle docum ents, identification plateThe tec hnical d ata is determined in accordance with European Community standards. We reserve the right to make modifications. Specifications in the vehic le docum ents alwa ys have priority over those given in this manual.

The identification plate is affixed to the front right door frame.

Information on identification plate:

1 Manufac turer2 Type approval number3 Vehic le Id entific ation Number4 Permissible gross vehicle weight5 Permissible gross train weight6 Maximum permissib le front axle load7 Maximum permissib le rear axle load8 Vehic le-specific or country-specific da ta

Page 253: Vectra Manual

251

Vehicle identif ication dataThe Vehicle Identification Numb er is stamped on the identification plate (see previous pag e) and in the vehicle floor on the right-hand side under a cover between the front passenger d oor a nd seat.

In other design variants, the identification plate m ay also be affixed to the dashboard.

Engine code and engine number: stamp ed on left-ha nd side of engine on crankcase.

Coolant, brake fluid, oilsWhen topping up– coola nt,– brake fluid,– manual transmission oil,– autom atic transmission oil,– CVTronic transmission oil,– power steering oil

We recommend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer, who can adv ise you on the correct products to use.

Caution: Use of unsuitable fluids can cause serious damage to the vehicle.

Page 254: Vectra Manual

252

Eng ine oi lsFor more information, see the Service Booklet.

The oil change intervals for engine oils are flex ible (ECOServ ic e-Flex).

The next eng ine oil change will be displayed on the vehicle instruments and will depend on how you drive the vehicle. Driving patterns take into account e.g. frequent cold sta rts, short trip s, avera ge driving conditions or p redominantly long distance d riv ing.

Your Vectra is delivered from the fac tory with engine oil of q uality GM-LL-A-025 (SAE 5W-30) 3 or GM-LL-B-025(SAE 5W-40) 3.

With this eng ine oil, the next oil c hange is after a maxim um of 2 years or 25,000 miles / 35,000 km (petrol eng ines) or a maximum of 2 years or 30,000 miles / 50,000 km (diesel eng ines). The service interval display ta kes into a ccount off-the-road p eriods during which the battery is disconnected – see pag e 234.

The engine oil that has been specially developed for vehicles withECOServ ice-Flex can be obtained from a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer or on the open market (e.g. filling stations). A list of oil companies can be found on the Internet at w ww.vauxhall.co.uk

When topping up, alwa ys use engine oil of quality GM -LL-A-025 or GM-LL-B-025 (see table on the following page), to benefit from the flexible maintenance intervals.

If these engine oils a re unavailable – see pag e 254.

Page 255: Vectra Manual

253

Maximum oil chang e interval for oi l grad e GM- LL-A-025 or GM-LL-B-025

Interva l Engine code Quality classes

Max. 2 years orapprox. 25,000 miles (35,000 km)

Z 18 XE,Z 18 XEL,Z 20 NET,Z 22 SE,Z 22 YH,Z 32 SE

GM -LL-A-025

Max. 2 years or 30,000 miles (50,000 km)

Y 20 DTH,Y 22 DTR,Y 30 DT1)

1) Recomm ended: Shell Helix Plus S (SAE 5W-40), M obil Synt S (SA E 5W-40),Es so Ultro n (SAE 5W-40).

GM -LL-B-025

Inform ation rega rding oil qualityGM-LL-A-025 or GM-LL-B-025GM = General MotorsLL = Long LifeA or B = Internal designation025 = Validity index

Higher validity indices indicate progressively more refined c lassifications. Oils w ith higher validity indices can be used.

Page 256: Vectra Manual

254

Topping up engine oils of oil gra de ACEAA ma ximum of 1 litre of ACEA quality engine oil can be ad ded before the next oil change without reducing the oil change interval. See a djacent table for quality classes.

If more than 1 litre must be added, the oil change interval for petrol and diesel engines is reduced to 1 year or 20,000 miles (30,000 km), see adjoining table.

The servic e interval d isplay should then be disregarded.

For more information, see the Service Booklet.

Oil c hange intervals i f top-up q uantity is more than 1 lit re of ACEA quality engine oil

Interval Engine code Quality classes SAE v iscosity classes

1 year or 20,000 m iles (30,000 km )

Z 18 XE,Z 18 XEL,Z 20 NET,Z 22 SE,Z 20 YH,Z 32 SE

ACEA A3,ACEA A3/B3,ACEA A3/B3/B4,ACEA A5,ACEA A5/B5

0W-30, 0W-40,5W-30, 5W-40,10W-30, 10W-40

1 year or 20,000 m iles (30,000 km )

Y 20 DTH ,Y 22 DTR

ACEA B4,ACEA A3/B4,ACEA A3/B3/B4

0W-30, 0W-40,5W-30, 5W-40,10W-30, 10W-40

1 year or 15,000 m iles (20,000 km )

Y 30 DT1)

1) Recom mended en gine oils – see page 253.

ACEA B4,ACEA A3/B4,ACEA A3/B3/B4

0W-30, 0W-40,5W-30, 5W-40,10W-30, 10W-40

Page 257: Vectra Manual

255

Inform ation on ACEA oil grade cla ssific ation The Association d es Constructeurs Européens d’Automobiles classifies engine oils according to their perform anc e (quality).

Ea ch class is identified by letters and numbers, e.g. A3.

The letter indicates the fie ld of a pplication.

A = Petrol eng ines in passenger carsB = Diesel engines in passenger carsE = Diesel engines in trucks

The number indicates the quality in ascending numeric al order.

Im portant noteFor countries in which the specified oils (GM-LL-, ACEA A3/B3) are not availab le, more detailed inform ation is found in the Service Booklet.

Informat ion on SAE oil vi sc osityEngine a nd transmission oils are grouped in SAE classes b y the Soc iety of Automotive Engineers b ased on their v iscosity. Viscosity is the measure of interna l friction of the oil in flux , dependent on its temperature.

The SAE classification does not provide information on the quality of the oil; it merely indicates the range of application of the oil dependent on the outside temperature – see diagram.

The first number indicates v iscosity at low temperatures (cold sta rt behaviour). The second num ber indicates visc osity a t hig h temperatures.

I = Only approved and recommendedLong -Life engine oils with theidentification GM-LL-A-025or GM-LL-B -025 – see page 253.

I I = Only if the higher quality I isunavailable may engine oils of ACEAoil quality be used in this case the oilchange interval is reduced to20,000 miles (30,000 km) or 1 year –see page 254.

Page 258: Vectra Manual

256

Engine data

Sales designationEng ine code

1.8Z 18 XE

1.8 Z 18 XEL

2.0 TurboZ 20 NET

2.2 Z 22 S E

Numb er of cylinders 4 4 4 4

Bore dia. (mm ) 80.5 80.5 86.0 86.0

Stroke (mm) 88.2 88.2 86.0 94.6

Piston displacement (cm 3) 1796 1796 1998 2198

Max. engine outp ut (kW) at rpm

906000

815600

1295500

1085600

Torque (Nm ) at rpm

1673800

1673800

2652500 to 3800

2034000

Com pression ratio 10.5 10.5 9.5 10.0

Octane requirement (RON)1)

unleadedor unleadedor unleaded

1) Stan dard high-quality fuels , e.g . unleaded DIN EN 228; value printed in bold: reco mmended fuel.

95 98 2)

91 2)3)

2) Kn ock contro l s ys tem automatically adjus ts ignition tim ing according to type o f fuel used (octane nu mber).3) Slight reduction in engine ou tput and to rque if 91 RON is used.

95 98 2)

91 2)3)

95 98 2)

91 2)4)

4) If n o u nleaded Prem iu m fuel is available, 91 RON can be used taking care to avoid high engine lo ad o r full load as well as for drivin g in mo untainou s terra in with a caravan / trailer load o r high paylo ad.

95 98 2)

91 2)4)

Max. permissible engine speed,continuous operation (rpm) approx. 6400 6400 6500 6500

Oil consumption (l/1000 km) 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6

Page 259: Vectra Manual

257

Engine data

Sales designationEng ine code

2.2 d irectZ 22 YH

3.2 V6Z 32 SE

2.0 DTIY 20 DTH

2.2 DTI Y 22 DTR

3.0 CDTI Y 30 DT

Numb er of cylinders 4 6 4 4 6

Bore dia. (mm ) 86.0 87.5 84.0 84.0 87.5

Stroke (mm) 94.6 88.0 90.0 98.0 82.0

Piston displacement (cm 3) 2198 3175 1995 2172 2958

Max. engine outp ut (kW) at rpm

1145600

1556200

744000

924000

1304000

Torque (Nm ) at rpm

2203800

3004000

2301500 to 2500

2801500 to 2750

370 / 3301)

1900 to 2800 /1600 to 36001)

1) Version w ith automatic trans mission.

Com pression ratio 12.0 10.0 18.5 18.5 18.5

Octane requirement (RON)2)

unleadedor unleadedor unleaded

Cetane requirement (CN)2)

2) Stan dard high-quality fuels , e.g . unleaded DIN EN 228, Diesel DIN EN 590; va lue printed in bold: reco mmen ded fuel.

95 3)

98 4)

–5)

3) The use o f fuel that is at leas t 95 o ctan e is pres cribed.4) Kn ock contro l s ys tem automatically adjus ts ignition tim ing according to type o f fuel used (octane nu mber).5) 91 octane fu el m ust not be used.

95 98 4)

91 4)6)

6) Slight reduction in engine ou tput and to rque if 91 RON is used.

–––49 (D)7)

7) A lo wer value is pos sib le with w inter fu els.

–––49 (D)7)

–––49 (D)7)

Max. permissible engine speed,continuous operation (rpm)

ap prox . 6500 6800 5000 5000 4500 to 4700

Oil consumption (l/1000 km) 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6

Page 260: Vectra Manual

258

Perform ance (approx. mph; km/h),Saloon

Eng ine1)

1) Sa les designation – see pages 256, 257.

Z 18 XE Z 18 XEL Z 20 N ET Z 22 S E

Maximum speed2)

Manual tra nsmissionSport transmissionAutomatic transmission

CVTronic

2) The maxim um s peed is ach ievable with a m aximum of h alf payload. Optional equipm ent m ay reduce th e specified m aximum speed of the vehicle.

126; 203127; 205–118; 190

122; 196123; 198––

–143; 230––

–134; 216131; 210–

Eng ine1) Z 32 SE Y 20 DTH Y 22 DTR Y 30 DT

Maximum speed2)

Manual tra nsmissionSport transmissionAutomatic transmission

CVTronic

154; 248–153; 246–

119; 192–––

125/128;2023)/206 –125; 202–

3) Co untry-specific versio n.

140; 226 –139; 223–

Page 261: Vectra Manual

259

Perform ance (approx. mph; km/h), Estate

Eng ine1)

1) Sa les designation – see pages 256, 257.

Z 18 XE Z 18 XEL Z 20 N ET Z 22 YH

Maximum speed2)

Manual tra nsmissionSport transmissionAutomatic transmission

CVTronic

2) The maxim um s peed is ach ievable with a m aximum of h alf payload. Optional equipm ent m ay reduce th e specified m aximum speed of the vehicle.

–124; 199–112; 180

–119; 192––

–138; 222––

–132; 212129; 208–

Eng ine1) Z 32 SE Y 20 DTH Y 22 DTR Y 30 DT

Maximum speed2)

Manual tra nsmissionSport transmissionAutomatic transmission

CVTronic

149; 239–147; 237–

116; 186–––

123/126;1983)/202–124; 199–

3) Co untry-specific versio n.

138; 222 –137; 220–

Page 262: Vectra Manual

260

Fuel consumption, CO2 emiss ionsDirective 80/1268/EEC (last c hanged by 1999/100/EC) has ap plied for the measurement of fuel consumption since 1996.

The direc tive is oriented to actual driving practices: Urban driv ing is rated at approx. 1/3 and extra-urb an driving with approx . 2/3 (urban and extra-urban consum ption). Cold starts and acceleration phases are also taken into consideration.

The specification of CO2 emission is also a constituent of the directive.

The figures given m ust not be taken as a guarantee for the actual fuel consumption of a p artic ular vehicle.

The calculation of fuel consumption as spec ified by directive 1999/100/EC takes acc ount of the vehicle’s kerbweight, ascertained in accordance with these regula tions. Optional extras ma y result in slightly higher fuel consumption and CO2 emission levels than those quoted.

To convert l/100km into mp g, divide 282 by number of litres/100km.

Saving fuel – see page 160.

Page 263: Vectra Manual

261

Fuel consumption (app rox . l/100 km), CO2 emission (ap prox . g/km), Saloon Eng ine1)

1) Sa les designation – see pages 256, 257.

Z 18 XE Z 18 XEL Z 20 N ET Z 22 SE

Manual transm ission / sport transm ission / automatic transm ission / CVTronic

urbanextra-urbantotalCO2

10.4/10.7/– /11.6 5.5/ 5.8/–/ 6.3/ 7.3/ 7.6/–/ 8.3 175/ 182/– / 199

10.4/10.7/–/– 5.5/ 5.8/– /– 7.3/ 7.6/– /– 175/ 182/–/–

–/12.8/–/– –/ 6.6/– /– –/ 8.9/– /– –/ 214/–/–

– /11.5/13.4/– – / 6.3/ 6.6/– – / 8.2/ 9.1/– – / 197/ 218/–

Eng ine1) Z 32 S E Y 20 DTH Y 22 DTR Y 30 DT

Manual transm ission / sport transm ission / automatic transm ission / CVTronic

urbanextra-urbantotalCO2

14.0/–/15.4/– 7.3/– / 7.5/– 9.8/– /10.4/– 235/–/ 250/–

7.6/–/–/– 4.5/–/–/– 5.6/–/–/– 151/–/–/–

8.2/–/10.3/– 4.7/–/ 5.4/– 6.0/–/ 7.2/–162/– / 194/–

9.8/– /10.7/– 5.4/– / 5.5/– 7.0/– / 7.4/–189/–/ 200/–

Page 264: Vectra Manual

262

Fuel consumption (app rox . l/100 km), CO2 emission (approx. g /km ), Estate Eng ine1)

1) Sa les designation – see pages 256, 257.

Z 18 XE Z 18 XEL Z 20 NET Z 22 YH

Manual transm ission / sport transm ission / automatic transm ission / CVTronic

urbanextra-urbantotalCO2

–/11.0/–/11.9 –/ 6.1/–/ 6.6 –/ 7.9/–/ 8.6 –/ 190/–/ 206

–/11.0/–/– –/ 6.1/– /– –/ 7.9/– /– –/ 190/–/–

– /13.1/–/– – / 6.9/–/– – / 9.2/–/– – / 221/–/–

– /10.6/12.1/– – / 6.6/ 6.9/– – / 8.1/ 8.8/– – /194/ 211/–

Eng ine1) Z 32 SE Y 20 DTH Y 22 DTR Y 30 DT

Manual transm ission / sport transm ission / automatic transm ission / CVTronic

urbanextra-urbantotalCO2

14.3/–/15.6/– 7.6/–/ 7.7/–10.1/–/10.6/– 242/–/ 254/–

7.9/– /–/– 4.8/– /–/– 5.9/– /–/– 159/–/– /–

8.5/– /10.5/– 5.0/– / 5.6/– 6.3/– / 7.4/–170/–/ 200 /–

10.1/–/11.0/– 5.7/–/ 5.8/– 7.3/–/ 7.7/– 197/–/ 208/–

Page 265: Vectra Manual

263

Weights, payload and roof loadThe p ayload is the difference between the permitted g ross vehicle weight (see identification plate, page 250) and the EC kerbweight.

To ca lc ulate the kerbweight, enter the data for your vehicle below: z Kerb weight from

Ta ble 1,page 264 + ... ..... .... .. kg

z Ad ditional w eight ofequipment versions fromTa ble 2, p age 266 + ... .... ..... .. kg

z Weight of heavy accessories from Ta ble 3,page 267 + ... ..... .... .. kg

The total = ... ..... .... .. kg

is the EC kerbweight.

Optional equipment and accessories increase the kerbweight, w hich means that the p ayload will also change slig htly.

Note the weights given in the vehicle documents.

The combined total of front a nd rear ax le loa ds must not exceed the perm issible gross vehicle weight. For exa mple, if the front ax le is bearing its m aximum permissib le load, the rear axle can only bear a load that is eq ua l to the gross vehicle weig ht m inus the front axle load.

See the identification plate or vehicle docum ents for permissib le ax le loads.

Roof loa dThe permissib le roof load is 75 kg(Estate with roof railing – 100 kg). The roof load is the combined weight of the roof rack and the load .

Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120 km /h). Check fastening at frequent interva ls and tig hten.

For safety reasons and to avoid damage to the roof, we recommend that the use of Vauxhall-approved roof rack systems for your vehicle. A Va uxha ll Authorised Repairer w ould be p leased to advise you.

Driving hints – see page 158.

Page 266: Vectra Manual

264

Weights (kg): Table 1, Kerbweight1) , Saloon

1) According to EC D irective, inclu ding ass umed weights for driver (68 kg), luggage (7 kg) and a ll f lu ids (tank 9 0 % fu ll). 2) Sales designation – see pages 256, 257.

Model Engine2) 4-door Manual transm ission

Automatic transmission

CVTronic5-door Ma nual transmission

Automatic tra nsmission

CVTronic

Vec tra Z 18 XE 1375 – 1393 1390 – 1425

Z 18 XEL 1375 – – 1390 – –

Z 20 NET 1490 – – 1505 – –

Z 22 SE 1435 1465 – 1450 1480 –

Z 32 SE 1503 1528 – 1503 1528 –

Y 20 DTH 1490 – – 1505 – –

Y 22 DTR 1505 1530 – 1503 1528 –

Y 30 DT – – – – – –

Vec tra w ith air conditioning or electronic air conditioning system

Z 18 XE 1395 – 1413 1410 – 1445

Z 18 XEL 1395 – – 1410 – –

Z 20 NET 1510 – – 1525 – –

Z 22 SE 1455 1485 – 1470 1500 –

Z 32 SE 1523 1548 – 1523 1548 –

Y 20 DTH 1510 – – 1525 – –

Y 22 DTR 1525 1550 – 1523 1548 –

Y 30 DT 1613 1638 – 1650 1675 –

Page 267: Vectra Manual

265

Weights (kg): Table 1, Kerbweight1) , Estate

1) According to EC D irective, inclu ding ass umed weights for driver (68 kg), luggage (7 kg) and a ll f lu ids (tank 9 0 % fu ll). 2) Sales designation – see pages 256, 257.

Model Engine2) Estate M anual transmission

Automatic transm ission

CVTronic

Vec tra Z 18 XE 1470 – 1505

Z 18 XEL 1470 – –

Z 20 NET 1565 – –

Z 22 YH 1530 1560 –

Z 32 SE 1605 1613 –

Y 20 DTH 1580 – –

Y 22 DTR 1600 1613 –

Y 30 DT – – –

Vec tra w ith air conditioning or electronic air conditioning system

Z 18 XE 1490 – 1525

Z 18 XEL 1490 – –

Z 20 NET 1585 – –

Z 22 YH 1550 1580 –

Z 32 SE 1625 1633 –

Y 20 DTH 1600 – –

Y 22 DTR 1620 1633 –

Y 30 DT 1705 1730 –

Page 268: Vectra Manual

266

Weights (kg): Table 2, Additional weight of equipment versions

Saloon

Eng ine1)

1) Sa les designation – see pages 256, 257.

Z 18 XE,Z 18 XEL

Z 20 N ET Z 22 S E Z 32 S E Y 20 DTH Y 22 DTR Y 30 DT

LS / Club / Expression 21 11 11 11 21 21 11

Elegance 42 32 32 32 42 42 32

Elite 49 39 39 39 49 49 39

SRi / GS i / SXi 31 21 21 21 31 31 21

Estate

Eng ine1) Z 18 XE,Z 18 XEL

Z 20 N ET Z 22 YH Z 32 S E Y 20 DTH Y 22 DTR Y 30 DT

LS / Club / Expression 16 7 7 7 7 7 7

Elegance 41 32 32 32 32 32 32

Elite 48 39 39 39 39 39 39

SRi / GS i / SXi 31 22 22 22 22 22 22

Page 269: Vectra Manual

267

Weights (kg): Table 3, Heavy accessories

Saloon

Accessories Sun roof Towing equip ment

Weight 17 22

Estate

Accessories Sun roof Towing equip ment

Weight 17 33

Page 270: Vectra Manual

268

TyresRestrictionsNot a ll tyres ava ila ble on the market currently meet the structural requirem ents. We recommend that you consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer concerning suitab le tyre makes.

These ty res have und ergone special tests to establish their reliab ility , safety and specific suitability for Vauxhall vehicles. Despite continuous ma rket monitoring, we are unab le to assess these attributes for other tyres, even if they have been g ra nted approva l by the relevant authorities or in som e other form.

Further information – see pa ge 184.

Winter tyresTyres of size 215/50 R 17, 225/45 R 18 or 235/35 R 19 may not be used as winter tyres (M+ S tyres).

Only the winter tyres sp ecified on p age 274 may b e used on vehicles factory-fitted with tyre eq uipm ent 235/35 R 19.

If you use winter ty res 3, the spare wheel may still be fitted with a summ er tyre. If you use the spare wheel the vehicle’s handling may be a ltered. Ob tain a repla cement for the faulty tyre as soon a s p ossible, and ha ve the wheel balanced and fitted to the vehicle.

Further inform ation – see page 187.

Tyre chainsRestrictionsTyre c hains may be used on the front wheels only.

Alw ays use fine mesh chains that add no more than 15 m m to the ty re tread and the inboard sides (including chain lock).

Snow chains are not permitted on the temporary spare wheel 3 115/70 R 16 and tyre sizes 215/50 R 17, 225/45 R 18 and 235/35 R 19.

Further inform ation – see page 187.

WheelsWheel bolt tightening torque: 110 Nm.

On vehicles with alloy wheels 3 the spa re wheel m ay have a steel rim.

The spare wheel ma y have a smaller tyre and a sm aller rim: using the sp are wheel ma y cause d ifferent driving behaviour. Replace d efective tyre as soon as possible, bala nce wheel and have it fitted to the vehicle.

Tyre inflation pressures in bar1) The specified ty re pressures are valid for cold ty res. The increased tyre pressure resulting from extensive d riv ing must not be red uced. The specified pressures apply to both summer and winter ty res.

Further information – see pa ges 184 to 187.

1) 1 bar correspon ds to 100 kPa.

Page 271: Vectra Manual

269

(ctd.)Tyre inflation pressures in bar1)/ ps i

1) 1 bar corresponds to 100 kPa.

Saloon Tyre inflationpressure with upto 3 p ersons

Tyre infla tion pressure withfull load

Engine2) Tyres Front Rear Front Rear

Z 18 XE,Z 18 XEL

195/65 R 15,205/55 R 16,215/55 R 16,215/50 R 17,225/45 R 17,225/45 R 18

2.0/29 2.2/32 2.2/32 2.7/39

Z 20 NET 205/55 R 16 (M+ S) 2.4/35 2.4/35 2.5/36 3.0/44

215/55 R 16,215/50 R 17,225/45 R 17,225/45 R 18

2.3/33 2.3/33 2.4/35 2.9/42

Z 22 SE 195/65 R 15,205/55 R 16

2.3/33 2.3/33 2.5/36 3.0/44

215/55 R 16,215/50 R 17,225/45 R 17,225/45 R 18

2.2/32 2.2/32 2.3/33 2.8/41

all T 115/70 R 16 (temporary spare)3)

4.2/61 4.2/61 4.2/61 4.2/61

2) Sales designation – s ee pages 256, 25 7. 3) For notes on the temporary spare w heel – see page 207.

Page 272: Vectra Manual

270

(ctd.)Tyre inflation pressures in bar1)/ ps i

1) 1 bar corresponds to 100 kPa.

Saloon Tyre inflationpressure with upto 3 p ersons

Tyre infla tion pressure withfull load

Engine2) Tyres Front Rear Front Rear

Z 32 SE 215/55 R 164) 2.4/35 2.4/35 2.5/36 3.0/44

215/50 R 174),225/45 R 174),225/45 R 184)

2.6/38 2.4/35 2.7/39 3.2/46

215/55 R 165) 2.5/36 2.4/35 2.6/38 3.1/45

215/50 R 175),225/45 R 175),225/45 R 185)

2.7/39 2.4/35 2.8/41 3.3/48

all T 115/70 R 16 (temporary spare)3)

4.2/61 4.2/61 4.2/61 4.2/61

2) Sales designation – s ee pages 256, 25 7. 3) For notes on the temporary spare w heel – see page 207.4) Versio n with manual transm is sio n.5) Versio n with au tom atic transm iss io n.

Page 273: Vectra Manual

271

(ctd.)Tyre inflation pressures in bar1)/ ps i

1) 1 bar corresponds to 100 kPa.

Saloon Tyre inflationpressure with upto 3 p ersons

Tyre infla tion pressure withfull load

Engine2) Tyres Front Rear Front Rear

Y 20 DTH,Y 22 DTR

195/65 R 15,205/55 R 16

2.3/33 2.3/33 2.5/36 3.0/44

215/55 R 16,215/50 R 17,225/45 R 17,225/45 R 18

2.2/32 2.2/32 2.3/33 2.8/41

Y 30 DT 215/55 R 16,215/50 R 17,225/45 R 18

2.6/38 2.4/35 2.7/39 3.2/46

225/45 R 17 2.7/39 2.4/35 2.8/41 3.3/48

all T 115/70 R 16 (temporary spare)3)

4.2/61 4.2/61 4.2/61 4.2/61

2) Sales designation – s ee pages 256, 25 7. 3) For notes on the temporary spare w heel – see page 207.

Page 274: Vectra Manual

272

(ctd.)Tyre inflation pressures in bar1)

1) 1 bar corresponds to 100 kPa.

Estate Tyre inflationpressure with upto 3 p ersons

Tyre infla tion pressure withfull load

Engine2) Tyres Front Rear Front Rear

Z 18 XE,Z 18 XEL

195/65 R 15,205/55 R 16,215/55 R 16,215/50 R 17,225/45 R 17,225/45 R 18

2.0/29 2.2/32 2.2/32 2.7/39

Z 20 NET 205/55 R 16 (M+ S) 2.4/35 2.4/35 2.5/36 3.0/44

215/55 R 16,215/50 R 17,225/45 R 17,225/45 R 18

2.3/33 2.3/33 2.4/35 2.9/42

Z 22 YH 195/65 R 15(M+S),205/55 R 16

2.3/33 2.3/33 2.5/36 3.0/44

215/55 R 16,215/50 R 17,225/45 R 17,225/45 R 18

2.2/32 2.2/32 2.3/33 2.8/41

all T 115/70 R 16 (temporary spare)3)

4.2/61 4.2/61 4.2/61 4.2/61

2) Sales designation – s ee pages 256, 25 7. 3) For notes on the temporary spare w heel – see page 207.

Page 275: Vectra Manual

273

(ctd.)Tyre inflation pressures in bar1)

1) 1 bar corresponds to 100 kPa.

Estate Tyre inflationpressure with upto 3 p ersons

Tyre infla tion pressure withfull load

Engine2) Tyres Front Rear Front Rear

Z 32 SE 215/55 R 16 2.5/36 2.4/35 2.6/38 3.1/45

215/50 R 17,225/45 R 17,225/45 R 18

2.5/36 2.3/33 2.7/39 3.2/46

Y 20 DTH,Y 22 DTR

195/65 R 15,205/55 R 16

2.3/33 2.3/33 2.5/36 3.0/44

215/55 R 16,215/50 R 17,225/45 R 17,225/45 R 18

2.2/32 2.2/32 2.3/33 2.8/41

Y 30 DT 215/55 R 16,215/50 R 17,225/45 R 18

2.6/38 2.4/35 2.7/39 3.2/46

225/45 R 17 2.7/39 2.4/35 2.8/41 3.3/48

all T 115/70 R 16 (temporary spare)3)

4.2/61 4.2/61 4.2/61 4.2/61

2) Sales designation – s ee pages 256, 25 7. 3) For notes on the temporary spare w heel – see page 207.

Page 276: Vectra Manual

274

(ctd.)Tyre inflation pressures in bar1)

1) 1 bar corresponds to 100 kPa.

Saloon, Estatewith 19-inch wheels

Tyre inflationpressure with upto 3 p ersons

Tyre infla tion pressure withfull load

Engine2) Tyres Front Rear Front Rear

Z 18 XE,Z 18 XEL,Z 20 NET,Z 22 SE,Z 22 YH,Y 20 DTH,Y 22 DTR

235/35 R 19 2.6/38 2.3/33 2.8/41 3.3/48

215/55 R 16 (M+ S),225/45 R 17 (M+ S)

2.3/33 2.3/33 2.5/36 3.0/44

Z 32 SE 235/35 R 19 3.0/44 2.7/39 3.2/46 3.5/51

215/55 R 16 (M+ S),225/45 R 17 (M+ S)

2.6/38 2.6/38 2.7/39 3.2/46

all T 115/70 R 16 (temporary spare)3)

4.2/61 4.2/61 4.2/61 4.2/61

2) Sales designation – s ee pages 256, 25 7. 3) For notes on the temporary spare w heel – see page 207.

Page 277: Vectra Manual

275

Electrical system

Battery Voltage 12 Volt

Amp hours 55 Ah / 66 Ah 3 / 70 Ah 3 / 72 Ah 3 / 85 Ah 3

Battery for rad io frequency remote control of central locking system CR 20 32

Battery for remote control ofauxiliary hea ter / ventilation AAA LR 06

Page 278: Vectra Manual

276

Capacities (app rox . in litres)

Eng ine1)

1) Sa les designation – see pages 256, 257.

Z 18 XE,Z 18 XEL

Z 20 NET Z 22 SE Z 22 YH Z 32 SE Y 20 DTH,Y 22 DTR

Y 30 DT

Cooling system for vehicleswith manual transmission

without air con. systemwith air con. systemwith a ir con. system and aux iliary heating

5.55.56.0

7.47.78.2

7.17.47.9

7.17.47.9

7.47.78.2

7.37.68.2

–8.38.9

Cooling system for vehicleswith automatic transmission or CVTronic

without air conditioning systemwith air cond itioning systemwith air cond itioning system

and aux iliary heating

5.55.5

6.0

7.97.9

8.4

7.67.6

8.1

7.67.6

8.1

7.97.9

8.4

7.87.8

8.4

–8.3

8.9

Fuel tank (nominal capa city )SaloonEstate

6160

6160

6160

6160

6160

6160

6160

Engine oil with filter changebetween MIN and M AX on dipstick

4.251.0

6.01.0

5.01.0

5.01.0

4.751.0

5.51.0

7.251.3

Fluid container for wind screen wash systemwith headlight wash system

2.95.6

2.95.6

2.95.6

2.95.6

2.95.6

2.95.6

2.95.6

Page 279: Vectra Manual

277

Dimensions (approx. in mm)

Saloon Estate

Overall length 4596 4822

Width 1798 1798

Width with two exterior mirrors 2036 2036

Overall height 1460 1500

Wheelb ase 2700 2830

Turning c ircle diam eter1)

1) In metres.

11.50 11.50

Page 280: Vectra Manual

278

Mounting dim ensions oftowing equipment with removable coupling ball bar,Version with turn knob 3 All dimensions refer to fac tory-fitted towing equipm ent.

Dimension mm

A 334

B 1061

C 1)

1) The attach ment point is not available on all varian ts.

514.5

D1) 480.5

E1) 50

F 492.5

G 486.5

H 218

I 495

J 492.5

K 201

We recom mend hav ing towing equip ment retro-fitted by a Vauxhall Authorised R epairer.

Page 281: Vectra Manual

279

Mounting dim ensions of towing equipment with rem ovable coupling ball bar, version with levers 3 All dimensions refer to fac tory-fitted towing equipm ent.

Dimension mm

A 334

B 1061

C 1)

1) The attach ment point is not available on all varian ts.

514.5

D1) 480.5

E1) 50

F 492.5

G 486.5

H 218

I 495

J 492.5

K 201

We recom mend hav ing towing equip ment retro-fitted

by a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

Page 282: Vectra Manual

280

Mounting dim ensions of towing equipment with pivoting coupling ball bar 3 All dimensions refer to fac tory-fitted towing equipm ent.

Dimension mm

A 396.5

B 157.5

C 386

D 74

E 630

F 590

G 491

H 486

I 480

J 379.5

We recom mend hav ing towing equipment retro-fitted by a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.

Page 283: Vectra Manual

281

Page 284: Vectra Manual

282

Index AAB S (Anti-lock Brake System )........... 182Ac cessories............. 110, 115, 204, 205Ac cessory socket ....................... 74, 89Ad aptive Forward Lighting ............. 118

Bulb replacem ent ...................... 223Driving abroad ......................... 119

Air conditioning system .................. 126Air intake ................................... 142Air outlet.................................... 142Air qua lity sensor ......................... 135Air recirculation system ........... 128, 138Air vents .................................... 129Airba gs ..................................... 100Ala rm ......................................... 65Ala rm system ................................ 63Alterna tor .................................... 34Anti-corrosion service .................... 235Anti-freeze ................................. 238Anti-freeze protection............. 238, 242Anti-knock q ua lity of fuel ............... 162

Octane number ................. 256, 257Anti-theft alarm system ................... 63Anti-theft locking system .................. 58

Towing equip ment ..................... 193Anti-theft protection ....................... 24Aq ua planing ............................... 186Arm rest ....................................... 71Ashtray ................................ 90, 119Automatic air recirculation mode...... 138Automatic anti-da zzle interior mirror . 114

Automatic transm ission ............. 22, 144Automatic mode........................ 144Driv ing programme .................... 146Fault ...................................... 148Interruption of p ow er supply ......... 149Kickd ow n................................. 147Manual mode ........................... 145Selector lever ................ 22, 144, 145Selector lever lock ...................... 145Winter programme ..................... 147

Automatic wiping .......................... 19Auxiliary heating .......................... 140

Program ming ........................... 140Remote control .......................... 141

BBattery ........................ 159, 242, 275

Interruption of power supply ......... 60, 121, 149, 157

Before starting off .......................... 23Belt tensioners .............................. 96Bleeding, diesel fuel system ............. 199Bonnet ........................................ 68Brake system ................................ 34Brakes ....................................... 180

ABS ........................................ 182Brake fluid ............................... 240Brake lights .............................. 226Brake servo unit......................... 158Foot brake ............................... 180Handbrake .............................. 181

Bulb replacem ent ......................... 218Bulbs .................................. 115, 218

Page 285: Vectra Manual

283

CCa pacities ................................. 276Ca ra van / trailer towing ........... 158, 188Ca r Pass ........................................ 4Ca re ......................................... 245Ca ta lytic converter .......... 164, 167, 199Central locking system .................... 58Centre console lighting .................. 118Changing the battery

Remote control .............. 57, 142, 275Changing ty re / wheel type ............. 184Changing wheels ......................... 208Check control........................... 30, 46Child restraint systems ............ 110, 115Child safety locks .................... 54, 121Ciga rette lig hter ..................... 89, 119Clim ate control............................ 126Clutch operation .......................... 159CO2 emissions............................. 260Code numbers ................................ 4Cold start .................................. 159Colour inform ation d isplay ............... 41Control indicator

ABS (Anti-lock Brake System ) ....... 183Airbag ................................... 105Bra ke pad wear ........................ 180Cruise control ........................... 172Engine electronics ..................... 166ESP (Electronic Stab ility Prog ra mme) ... 170Exhaust .................................. 166Immobiliser ............................... 55Park ing distance sensors ............. 175

TC (Traction Control system) ........ 169Tyre pressure control system ........ 176

Control indica tors ...................... 12, 33Belt tensioners ............................ 96Brake system ............................ 181

Cool box ...................................... 75Coolant ..................................... 238Coolant level ............................... 239Coolant temp erature d isplay ............. 40Coolant thermometer ...................... 40Cooling ...................................... 132Correcting time .............................. 45Coupling socket load ..................... 196Courtesy light .............................. 118Courtesy light delay ...................... 118Courtesy lights

Bulb replacem ent ...................... 230Cruise control .............................. 172Curtain airbags ........................... 103Curve lighting ......................... 28, 118CVTronic .................................... 150

Automatic mode in stages ........... 150Continuously variable automatic m od e ....................... 150Driving programm es .................. 154Fault ...................................... 156Interruption of power supply ......... 157Kic kdown ................................ 155Manual mode ........................... 150Selector lever loc k ...................... 151Winter programm e .................... 155

DData .................................... 55, 250Date ..................................... 44, 45Daytim e running lights ................... 116Decommissioning ......................... 244Demisting a nd Defrosting

with the air conditioning system ..... 133Demisting a nd defrosting

Windows ................................. 132with the electronic air conditioning system ................ 137

Diesel fuel filter ............................ 238Diesel fuel system .................. 199, 238Dimensions ................................. 277Dipped beam ......................... 16, 116

Bulb replacement................ 219, 222Display ..................... 37, 41, 146, 153Door locks ............................. 54, 248Doors ......................................... 38Door-to-d oor lighting ...................... 17Drink holders ................................ 92Driver’s seat with climate control .. 26, 130Driving ab road ..................... 162, 233

Head lig hts ............................... 119Toll system ................................ 52

Driving hints ................................ 158

Page 286: Vectra Manual

284

EEc onomical driving ................. 158, 160Electric seat a djustment ................... 79Electric sun roof ........................... 123Electric windows .......................... 120Electrical system ............. 212, 243, 275Electro-hydraulic power assisted steering ...... 13, 37, 158

Electro-hydraulic power-assisted steering fluid ......... 251

Electronic air conditioning system ..... 134Electronic components .................. 243Electronic immobiliser ..................... 55Electronic Stability Programm e ........ 170Engine code .................. 251, 256, 257Engine control indicator ................. 166Engine oil............................. 236, 252Engine oil change ........................ 237Engine oil consumption ................. 236Engine oil filter ............................ 237Engine oil level ....................... 38, 236Engine sp eed .............................. 159Engine wash ............................... 248Env ironmenta l protection .. 236, 237, 245ESP (Electronic S tability Programme) . 170Exhaust control indicator ............... 166Exhaust ga ses............................. 167Exhaust system ........................... 167Exterior mirrors.................. 8, 114, 128

FFan ............................. 127, 235, 236Filling station

Capacities ............................... 276Engine oil level .......................... 236Fuel .......................... 162, 256, 257Ignition key ................................. 4Opening the bonnet ..................... 68Tyre infla tion pressure ......... 161, 268Vehicle data ............................ 251Windscreen wa sh system ............. 242

First-a id kit, ................... 115, 204, 205FlexOrga nizer ............................... 86Fluid container, windsc reen w ash system ............... 242

Fog tail lig htBulb replacem ent ...................... 226

Fog tail lig hts .............................. 116Foot brake ................................. 180Front fog lights ............................ 116

Bulb replacem ent ...................... 225Front passenger a irba g ................. 100Fuel ...................... 162, 163, 256, 257Fuel consumption ............ 160, 162, 259Fuel filter ................................... 238Fuel gauge ................................... 40Fuel level ..................................... 40Fuel system, diesel ........................ 199Fuses ........................................ 212

GGenuine Vauxhall Parts

a nd Accessories........................... 25Glove compartment ....................... 91Glove compartment lighting ............ 119

Bulb replacement....................... 230Graphical information disp lay ........... 41Gross Vehicle Weight ..................... 263

Page 287: Vectra Manual

285

HHalogen headlight system .............. 219

Bulb replacement ...................... 219Driv ing abroad ......................... 119

Handbrake ........................... 24, 181Haza rd warning lights..................... 18Head restraints .................... 7, 31, 70Headlight flash ............................. 16Headlight range adjustm ent .......... 117, 179, 218

Headlight sw itc h..................... 16, 116Headlight wash system ............ 19, 242Headlights ................................... 16

Da ytime running lights ............... 116Driv ing abroad ......................... 119Fog lights................................ 116Reversing lights ........................ 118Warning device .......................... 24

Heated exterior mirrors ............ 20, 128Heated front seats ....................... 130Heated rear seats ........................ 130Heated rear window ................ 20, 128Heating ............................... 126, 131

Seats ..................................... 130with the air conditioning system .... 133with the electronic air cond itioning system ............... 136

Height adjustmentSeat belt ................................... 98Seats ......................................... 6Steering wheel.............................. 9

Horn........................................... 18

IIdentification plate ....................... 250If you have a problem ................... 232Ignition switch ...................... 9, 23, 55Ignition system ............... 235, 242, 243Immobiliser ................................... 55Information display ......................... 41Infotainment system ....................... 52Inspection system ......................... 234Instrument illumination .................. 117

Bulb replacem ent ...................... 231Instrument p anel ............................ 10Instruments ............................. 33, 39Interior mirror ................................. 8

Universal remote control ............... 66Interruption of power sup ply . 47, 51, 121

Electric windows ........................ 121Selector lever loc k ............... 149, 157

JJack .......................................... 208Jump leads ................................. 200

KKey

Ignition lock ...................... 9, 23, 55Locking doors............................. 58Remove .................................... 24Starting the engine ............. 9, 23, 55

Key numbers, ................................. 4Keys ........................................... 54

LLanguage selection ........................ 43Lashing eyes ................................ 86Leather trim ................................ 247Light sw itch .................................. 16Lighting ................................ 16, 116

Driv ing abroad .......................... 119Loading .............................. 195, 263Locking doors ............................ 4, 58Locking from the inside ................... 59Locks ........................................ 248Lubricants .................... 236, 251, 252Luggage compartment

Bulb replacement....................... 230Extension .................................. 82FlexOrg aniz er ............................ 86Lashing eyes ............................. 86Lighting .................................. 119Loading ........................... 195, 263Locking .................................... 61Opening ................................... 62Safety net ................................. 84

Luggage compartment cover ....... 83, 84Lumbar support ......................... 6, 80

Page 288: Vectra Manual

286

MM+S tyres...................... 187, 266, 268Main beam ........................... 16, 116

Bulb replacement ................ 220, 222Control indicator ......................... 35

Maintenance ......................... 25, 234Air c onditioning system .............. 143Anti-freeze protection ................ 238Bra ke fluid .............................. 240Bra kes ................................... 180Catalytic converter .................... 167Engine oil .......................... 236, 237Fuel consumption...................... 161Tyre pressure ........................... 184Tyres ............................... 185, 186Windscreen wiper ...................... 240

Mirrors ................................... 8, 114Misted w indows ......... 20, 132, 133, 137Mobile telephone ........................... 53

NNumb er plate lights

Bulb replacement ...................... 229Numb er plate lighting ................... 229Numb er plates ............................ 244

OOctane num bers ............. 162, 256, 257Odometer .................................... 39Oil change ................................. 237Oil consum ption ........................... 236Oil filter c ha nge ........................... 237Oil level ..................................... 236Oil pressure .................................. 33Oil quality .................................. 253Oil v iscosity ................................ 255Oils.................................... 236, 252Operating temp erature.................. 159Outsid e tempera ture gauge .............. 46Overrun .............................. 159, 161

PPa intwork damage ....................... 247Pa rk ing distance sensors ................ 174Pa rk ing ................................. 24, 174Pa rk ing lights ........................... 16, 17

Bulb replacem ent ...................... 224Pa rk ing the vehicle ......................... 24Pa rts .................................... 25, 115Pedals ....................................... 159Perform ance ............................... 259Petrol ........................... 162, 256, 257Pinking ...................................... 162Pollen filter ................................. 143Position mem ory ................... 8, 56, 80Preheating ................................... 35Pushing, towing ........................... 199

RRad io .................................... 30, 52Rad io equipment (CB) ..................... 53Rad io frequecy remote control

Aux ilia ry heating ....................... 141Central lock ing system ................. 56Universal rem ote control ............... 66

Rain sensor ..................... 19, 240, 246Reading lights....................... 118, 119Rear light cluster .......................... 116

Bulb replacement....................... 226Rear window wash system ... 20, 242, 246Refuelling ................................... 163

Fuel filler cap ............................ 163Relays ....................................... 212Remote control

Aux ilia ry heating ....................... 141Central lock ing system ................. 56Steering wheel ........................... 30Universal rem ote control ............... 66

Replacement keys .......................... 54Reversing lights ............................ 118

Bulb replacement....................... 226Roof load ................ 88, 158, 161, 263Roof racks .................... 161, 188, 263Running-in .................................. 158

Brakes .................................... 180

Page 289: Vectra Manual

287

SSafeguard against unauthorised use................... 4, 9, 24

Safety ......................................... 94Safety acc essories ..... 110, 115, 204, 205Safety net .................................... 84Safety systems .............................. 94Sav ing energ y ............................. 160Seat adjustment ........................ 5, 79Seat belts ........................ 95, 98, 247Seat occupancy recognition............ 105Seats ........................................ 5, 6

Extending the luggage compa rtm ent 82heated ................................... 130with clim ate control .............. 26, 130

Selector lever ........................ 144, 151Selector lever lock ...... 22, 144, 145, 151

Interrup tion of power sup ply .. 149, 157Self-diagnosis .................. 97, 105, 183Self-help .................................... 199

Automatic transmission .............. 149CVTronic ................................ 157Elec tric sun roof ........................ 124Elec tric wind ow s ....................... 121Information display ..................... 44Radio frequecy remote control ....... 57

Service Booklet .............................. 25Service interval display ............. 32, 234Service work .......................... 25, 234Side airbags ............................... 102Signal system ................................ 16Spa re keys ................................... 54Spa re wheel .................. 205, 206, 208

Speed ................................ 160, 161Fuel consum ption ............... 160, 161

Speedometer ................................ 39Starter switch ................................. 9Starting the engine ......... 9, 23, 55, 199

Self-help ................................. 199Steering colum n lock ................... 9, 24Steering wheel adjustm ent ................. 9Steering wheel rem ote control ............ 30Stowage compartments .............. 71, 91Sun blind ................................... 125Sun roof ..................................... 123Sun shade ........................... 124, 125System setting s.............................. 42

TTa bles, ................................... 27, 76Ta chom eter .................................. 39Ta il lights ................................... 116

Bulb replacem ent ...................... 226Ta ilg ate....................................... 61Ta nk

Fuel gauge ................................ 40Technical data ............................ 250Temperature regula tion .......... 127, 136Temporary spa re wheel .......... 187, 207The first 600 miles (1000 km) ........... 158Thigh support ............................... 80Tig htening torque ................. 212, 268Tim e ...................................... 44, 45Toll system s .................................. 52Tools ........................................ 208Towing ...................................... 202Towing equipment........................ 189

Towing eye .......................... 202, 203Traction Control system .................. 168Transm ission, automatic ............ 22, 144

Automatic mode........................ 144Driv ing programme .................... 146Fault ...................................... 148Interruption of p ow er supply ......... 149Kickd ow n................................. 147Selector lever ..................... 144, 145Selector lever lock ...................... 145Winter programme ..................... 147

Transm ission, CVTronic .................. 150Travel Assistant ........................ 27, 72Trea d depth ................................ 186Trip comp uter .......................... 29, 48Trip odometer ............................... 39Triple information display ................ 41Turn lighting ........................... 28, 118Turn signal lig hts ........................... 17Turn signals

Bulb replacement................ 225, 226Twin Audio .................................. 30Tyre chains .......................... 187, 268Tyre condition.............................. 185Tyre infla tion pressure...... 176, 184, 268Tyre pressure control system ............ 176

Page 290: Vectra Manual

288

UUnits of m easure ........................... 43Unlead ed fuel .......... 162, 164, 256, 257Used oil ............................... 236, 237

VVehicle care ............................... 245Vehicle decomm issioning ............... 244Vehicle Identification Number ......... 251Vehicle recommissioning ................ 244Ventilation .................... 126, 131, 138

WWarning buzzers ............................ 24Warning messages ......................... 42Warning triangle, ............ 115, 204, 205Weights ..................................... 263Wheels ...................................... 184Wheels, tyres............................... 184Windows

Demisting and d efrosting ........ 20, 132, 133, 137

Windscreen wash system .................. 19Anti-freeze protec tion ................. 242Capacities ............................... 276Fluid conta iner ......................... 242

Windscreen wiper .................... 19, 240Winter op eration

Battery ................................... 159Coolant, a nti-freeze ................... 238Engine oil ................................ 255Fuel consum ption ...................... 161Fuel for diesel engines ................ 163Heating ........................... 126, 133Locks ..................................... 248Tyre chains ....................... 187, 268Window demisting and d efrosting ................... 132, 133Windscreen wa sh system, anti-freeze p rotection ................. 242

Winter tyres ......................... 187, 268

XXenon head lig ht system ................. 222

Bulb replacement....................... 222Driv ing abroad .......................... 119